Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Karber Military Balance & Strategy 2010
Karber Military Balance & Strategy 2010
Karber Military Balance & Strategy 2010
GEORGETOWN UNIVERSITY
Military Balancing & Strategy Development
The
Path
Toward
a
National
Net
Assessment
Dr.
Phillip
A.
Karber
31
October
2010
The
author
is
Scholar
in
Residence
at
Georgetowns
Government
Department
and
founding
Chair
of
its
graduate
Institute
for
Law,
Science
&
Global
Security.
This
paper
was
prepared
as
part
of
a
series
of
studies
on
the
evolution
of
Net
Assessment
and
its
relationship
to
Strategy
Development.
In
the
1970s
the
author
served
as
Director
of
NSSM/Project-186,
the
first
National
Net
Assessment,
and
in
the
early
1980s
as
founding
Director
of
the
Strategic
Concepts
Development
Center
established
to
support
the
Secretary
of
Defense
and
Chairman
of
the
Joint
Chiefs
of
Staff.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FUTURE REPORTS
Vol. II. Project Management & Balance Methodology Vol. III. Theater Assessment & Strategic Impact
Strategy
is
the
great
Work
of
the
Organization.
In
Situations
of
life
or
death,
it
is
the
Way
of
survival
or
extinction.
Its
study
cannot
be
neglected.
the
Five
Strategic
Arts
are:
First,
measurements;
Second,
estimates;
Third,
analysis;
Fourth,
balancing;
Fifth,
triumph.
Sun
Tzu1
On
the
23rd
of
June,
1973,
the
National
Security
Advisor
to
the
President,
Dr.
Henry
A.
Kissinger,
signed
National
Security
Decision
Memorandum
224
authorizing
a
Program
for
National
Net
Assessment,2
followed
several
months
later
by
the
first
and
only
implementing
action:
National
Security
Study
Memorandum
186
commissioning
a
National
Net
Assessment
of
Comparative
Costs
and
Capabilities
of
US
-
USSR
Military
Establishments.3
Thus
began
a
major
sustained
effort
to
address
the
changing
quantitative
and
qualitative
balance
in
general
purpose
forces
between
the
rival
superpowers
and
their
respective
alliances
during
what
became
known
euphemistically
as
the
second
Cold
War.4
The
kind
of
input
needed
for
strategy
development
when
facing
a
long-term
rivalry
with
a
hostile
major
power
is
different
than
that
for
traditional
multi-polar
military
contingency
planning
or
normal
foreign
relations.
For
a
quarter
of
a
1
These are the opening lines of Sun Tzus classic, The Art of Strategy: A New Translation of Sun Tzus Classic The Art of War, (translated by R. L. Wing; New York, NY: Doubleday, 1988), chpt. I, sec. 1. The Wing translation, which the author prefers including re-naming the work as the art of strategy rather than the art of war is used throughout this paper. 2 Henry A. Kissinger, National Security Decision Memorandum: NSDM 224 -- National Net Assessment Process re NSSM 178, (Washington, DC: National Security Council, 28 June 1973). 3 Henry A. Kissinger, NSSM 186 -- National Net Assessment of Comparative Costs and Capabilities of US - USSR Military Establishments, (Washington, DC: National Security Council, 1 September 1973). 4 See the chapter: Ronald Reagan and the Second Cold War, in Norman A. Graebner, Richard Dean Burns, and Joseph M. Siracusa, Reagan, Bush, Gorbachev: Revisiting the End of the Cold War, (Westport, CT: Praeger, 2008); the section: The Second Cold War, in Julian Lindley-French, The North lantic Treaty Organization: The Enduring Alliance, (Oxford, UK: Routledge, 2007): p. 47; Fred Halliday, The Making of the Second Cold War, (London, UK: Verso, 1983); and Simon Dalby, Creating the Second Cold War: The Discourse of Politics, (New York, NY: Guilford Press, 1990).
century,
the
American
National
Security
establishment
struggled
to
find
a
mechanism
by
which
the
senior
leadership
of
the
country
could
receive
the
information
necessary
to
formulate
a
national
strategy
that
was
not
only
viable
in
the
short
term,
but
competitively
sustainable
over
an
enduring
rivalry
with
another
superpower.5
The
term
Net
Assessment
as
a
process
and
method
of
thinking
has
evolved
to
represent
the
kind
of
foundational
material
necessary
for
the
implementation
of
a
successful
national
military
strategy
in
a
long-range
competition;6
but
it
neither
came
quick
nor
easy.
While
the
term
net
assessment
has
been
used
to
describe
a
variety
of
functions
by
a
variety
of
interpreters,
to
be
of
help
in
developing
competitive
national
strategy
it
necessarily
involved:
not
merely
intelligence
gathering
but
the
comparative
evaluation
of
forces
and
military
establishments;
not
only
the
critical
appraisal
of
fighting
assets
but
the
systems
the
produced,
trained
maintained
and
sustained
them;
not
just
as
a
snapshot
in
time
but
a
developmental
stream
combining
past
trends
with
future
projections;
not
as
a
single
point
bottom
line
but
as
a
process
that
involved
innovative
approaches,
heuristic
thinking7
and
a
willingness
to
provoke
the
kind
of
constructive
debate
that
comes
with
challenging
status
quo
assumptions.8
After
multiple
attempts
and
no
small
amount
of
5
The concept of an enduring rivalry is one that has drawn increased interest from the disciplines of history, strategic studies, and international relations, see for example: The Dynamics of Enduring Rivalries, edited by Paul F. Diehl, (Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press, 1998); and Paul F. Diehl and Gary Goertz, (Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press, 2000), 6 By strategic questions we mean those surrounding the Clausewitzian conception of strategy, which is the use of military campaigns to obtain the political goals of the nation, but also those questions involving the peacetime problem of obtaining nations goals by military competition short of war. Stephen Peter Rosen, Net Assessment as an Analytical Concept, in On Not Confusing Ourselves: Essays on National Security Strategy in Honor of Albert and Roberta Wohlstetter, edited by Andrew W. Marshall, J. J. Martin, and Henry S. Rowen, (Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 1991): p. 284. 7 Strategizing is the application of heuristic frames to analyze the world and to generate normative evaluations of potential avenues of implementation. A good heuristic has four qualities: it is easy use, easy to communicate, provides a better direction than ones currently employed, and motivates people who have to implement the strategy. Bruce Kogut and Nalin Kulatilaka, Strategy, Heuristics, and Real Options, in The Oxford Handbook of Strategy, edited by David O. Faulkner and Andrew Campbell, (Oxford Handbooks; Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 2003): pp. 908, 910. 8 Anthony D. Konecny, Net Assessment: An Examination of the Process, (MA Thesis; Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, December 1988), provides a good descriptive summary: Net Assessment is a systematic method of analysis that fulfills the need for an indirect decision support system and provides a major input to the strategic planning/management system in the Department of Defense.
bureaucratic controversy this Gordian Knot of strategic consciousness was cut by the personal perseverance of Andrew W. Marshall. His contributions in establishing and developing the Office of Net Assessment have been documented elsewhere,9 but what has not been addressed is the challenge he faced creating the first National Net Assessment, what motivated it, and how it transpired. Thus, this volume is focused on the Origins of National Net Assessment because the need for comparative balance assessments did not arrive out of the blue and in full bloom in 1973 but were preceded by seventy years of evolutionary effort. It is the argument of this paper that to appreciate what came after we need to be grounded in both the substantive concerns and methodological experiments that went before.
Through an established process of appraising two or more competitors as objectively as humanly possible, an analyst is guided to examine factors normally overlooked. Asymmetries that exist among competitors and the ability of a competitor to achieve its objectives in various conflicts are examples of some of these factors. 9 The most authoritative work, has been by those associated with the Office of Net Assessment in the Pentagon, as staff and/or contract researchers: Stephen Peter Rosen, Net Assessment as an Analytical Concept, in On Not Confusing Ourselves, op cit; George E. Pickett, James G. Roche, and Barry D. Watts, Net Assessment: A Historical Review, in ibid; Paul Bracken, Net Assessment: A Practical Guide, Parameters, (Spring 2006); and Jeffrey S. Mckitrick, Adding to a Net Assessment, Parameters, (Summer 2006); Barry Watts, Scientific Methods and Net Assessment, (conference paper; Washington, DC: Conference on Net Assessment, 28 March 2008); and Barry D. Watts, Against Method: Diagnostic Net Assessment (U), (Paper No. 6, Office of Net Assessment Intellectual History Series; Washington, DC: OSD/NA, 22 July 2005). The following courses on Net Assessment are taught in Washington area Universities by former office alumni: Tom Ehrhard, Net Assessment, (syllabus; Washington, DC: Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International Studies, Johns Hopkins University, Spring 2008), at < http://saisauth.nts.jhu.edu/academic_affairs/course_syllabi/spring2008/strategicstudies/660. 756_Ehrhard_Net%20Assessment.pdf > [accessed 1 March 2008]; Andrew F. Krepinevich, Net Assessment and Planning for National Security, (PIBP 710-008; Arlington, VA: George Mason University, no date), < policy.gmu.edu/syllabi/2007_1/files/PUBP710-008.pdf > [accessed 1 March 2008]; Thomas G. Mahnken, Net Assessment, (syllabus 660.756; Washington, DC: Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International Studies, Johns Hopkins University, Spring 2006); and Barry D. Watts and Andrew May, Net Assessment and Strategic Planning, (SEST-515; Washington, DC: Georgetown University, 2010).
From
the
founding
of
the
Republic
up
to
the
late
1880s
the
assessment
of
foreign
threats,11
anticipation
of
long-terms
trends
impacting
on
American
security,
and/or
the
development
of
national
strategy
tended
to
be
on
an
ad-hoc
spur-of-the-moment
basis.
The
approach
for
addressing
potential
US
military
operations
against
foreign
opponents
was
neither
institutionalized
nor
based
on
any
high-level,
long-range,
strategic
planning,
but
just
happened.12
The
Spanish-American
War
not
only
introduced
the
US
to
global
force
deployments
but
raised
the
need
to
consider
conflict
with
other
great
powers
outside
the
North
American
hemisphere
and
the
first
Service
offices
dealing
with
problems
of
national
strategy
were
formed.13
10
Thomas M. Skypek, Evaluating Military Balances Through the Lens of Net Assessment: History and Application, Journal of Military and Strategic Studies, vol.12, no. 2, (Winter 2010): p. 1. 11 During the Civil War, the Union strategy was based on the Anaconda Plan developed by Commanding General of the US Army, Winfield Scott. See: Timothy D. Johnson, Winfield Scott: The Quest for Military Glory, (Lawrence, KS: University Press of Kansas, 1998): p. 226; also see Chapter on The anaconda Plan and Bull Run, in: John S. D. Eisenhower, Agent of Destiny: The Life and Times of General Winfield Scott, (Norman, OK: University of Oklahoma Press, 1997): p. 402, notes that Scotts plan came to be known as the Anaconda because it visualized squeezing the Confederacy like a giant snake. John F. Marszalek, Where Did Winfield Scott Find His Anaconda? Lincoln Hearld, (Summer 1987): pp. 77-81. Scott believed his strategy was abandoned after the Battle of Bull Run and his resignation, but others have argued that Grant resurrected and enlarged it on a scale far beyond what anyone at the beginning of the war would have dreamed. See: Charles P. Roland, An American Iliad: The Story of the Civil War, nd (Lexington, KY: University of Kentucky, 2 edition 2004)): p. 170. 12 Curtis H. OSullivan, Review: The Road to Rainbow: Army Planning for Global War, 1934-1940, Air Power History, vol. 50, no. 4, (2003): p. 58. 13 Three institutions came into existence during this period that contributed to the prior-planning process: the Office of Naval Intelligence, the Naval War College, and the Army's Military Intelligence Division. It is uncertain how McKinley used his cabinet and senior military officers in deciding on the global strategy of three corps-sized expeditions in Cuba, Puerto Rico, and the Philippines. Following that war, four more institutions were created that strengthened the planning system: the Navy General Board (1900), Army War College (1901), Army General Staff (1903), and Joint Army and Navy Board (1903). But
For
the
first
half
of
the
twentieth
century,
the
United
States
had
neither
a
strong
tradition
of
strategic
assessment
nor
a
coherent
method
of
integrating
it
with
long-range
planning
or
strategy
development.14
The
Army
had
borrowed
the
Prussian15
applicatory
system16
which
had
been
developed
for
tactical
training
of
field
grade
officers.17
Subsequently
adopted
by
the
US
Navy18
under
the
better
known
rubric
of
Estimate
of
the
Situation
(EoS),
it
became
the
driving
methodology
for
War
Plan
Orange
--
the
dominant
American
theater
strategy
of
the
interwar
period19
--
and
was
based
on
four
reasoned
elements:
Step
1:
Statement
of
the
Mission;
Step
2:
Assessment
of
Enemy
forces
and
intentions;
the
US
had
little
chance
to
influence
the
grand
strategy
of
World
War
I.
Our
Army
fit
into
what
the
Allies
were
doing.
Previously,
the
Navy
had
started
significant
work
on
Plan
Orange
(especially
after
Japan's
rise
in
1904-1905),
but
our
sailors
were
generally
relegated
to
the
unplanned
and
unsought
missions
of
convoy
escort,
anti-submarine
warfare,
mine
laying,
Grand
Fleet
reinforcement,
and
several
operations
ashore.
After
the
Armistice,
the
Navy
gladly
returned
to
massaging
and
updating
Orange,
while
the
Army
centered
its
training
on
preparing
for
a
rerun
of
the
World
War
I
American
Expeditionary
Force
Plan
Black
(though
I
remember
in
1932
an
Army-wide
rehearsal
of
Plan
Crimson--another
invasion
of
Canada!).
Ibid.
14
For
two
very
insightful
and
thoroughly
researched
works
on
this
topic,
see:
Henry
G.
Gole,
The
Road
to
Rainbow:
Army
Planning
for
Global
War:
1939-1940,
(Annapolis
MD:
Naval
Institute
Press,
2003);
and
Edward
S.
Miller,
War
Plan
Orange:
The
US
Strategy
to
Defeat
Japan:
1897-1945,
(Annapolis
MD:
Naval
Institute
Press,
2007).
15
Jay
Luvaas,
Influence
of
German
Wars
on
the
United
States,
in
On
the
Road
to
Total
War:
The
American
Civil
War
and
The
German
Wars
of
Unification:
1861-1871,
edited
by
Stig
Forster
and
Jorg
Nagler,
(New
York,
NY:
Cambridge
University
Press,
1997),
p.
605,
citing:
Capt.
Eben
Swift,
The
Lyceum
at
Fort
Agawam,
JMSIUS,
issue
20,
(1887),
pp.
236-277,
he
notes
Swift
was
responsible
for
introducing
the
applicatory
system
at
Leavenworth
And
Jay
Luvaas,
The
Military
Legacy
of
the
Civil
War
-
The
European
Inheritance,
(Lawrence,
KS:
University
of
Kansas
Press,
1988);
and
T.
R.
Brereton,
Educating
the
US
Army:
Arthur
L.
Wagner
and
Reform,
1875-1905,
(Lincoln,
NE:
University
of
Nebraska
Press,
2000),
pp.
59-64.
16
Col.
William
Balck,
Tactics,
Vol.
I,
(translated
by
Walter
Kruger;
Fort
Leavenworth,
KS:
US
Cavalry
Association,
1911),
pp.
10,
considered
General
Julius
von
Verdy
du
Vernois,
one
of
the
demigods
of
Moltkes
General
Staff
as
the
creator
of
the
applicatory
methods
which
not
only
involved
an
appreciation
of
the
situation
but
a
critical
appraisal
of
the
successive
decisions
involved.
Von
Verdy
du
Vernois
was
also
the
inventor
of
the
free
style
type
of
wargaming
known
as
Kriegspiele.
See:
Julius
von
Verdy
du
Vernois,
Studies
in
Troop-Leading,
(London,
UK:
H.
S.
King
&
Co.,
1972).
17
The
solution
of
practical
problems
in
tactics,
either
on
the
map
or
on
the
terrain,
constitutes
what
is
known
as
the
applicatory
method
of
instruction.
P.
S.
Bond
and
M.
J.
McDonough,
Technique
of
Modern
Tactics:
A
Study
of
Troop
Leading
Methods
in
the
Operations
of
Detachments
of
All
Arms,
(for
the
rd US
Cavalry
Association;
Menasha,
WI:
George
Banta
Pub.,
3
edition
1914),
p.
19.
18
Charles
W.
Cullen,
From
the
Kreigsacademie
to
the
Naval
War
College:
The
Military
Planning
Process,
Naval
War
College
Review,
vol.
23,
(Janauary
1970):
pp.
6-18.
19
The
last
of
which
was:
BG
Sherman
Miles,
Supplementary
Brief
Periodic
Estimate
of
the
Situation
December
1,
1941-March
31,
1942,
(memorandum
for
the
Chief
of
Staff;
Washington,
DC:
G-2,
US
Army,
5
December
1941),
at
<
http://www.ibiblio.org/pha/timeline/411205amie.html
>
[accessed
1
April
2008].
Step 3: Assessment of Own forces; and Step 4: Evaluation of possible Courses of Action. 20 These elements were addressed in sequential steps from top to bottom that, despite the appearance of inductively bringing external information into the process, nonetheless reflected a linear deductive reasoning process. This deductive method was imbedded in US Army and Navy contingency and war planning in the early twentieth century,21 and the strategic estimate process became endemic to the American Way of War.22 As a method it demonstrated three positive aspects. First, it showed sensitivity to the Clausewitzian primacy of the political with the national policy (mission) as the starting point of strategic logic23 and as defined by the Commander in Chief24 or his Cabinet level representatives the Secretary of War and the Secretary of Navy.25 Second, the emphasis upon comparative assessments of relative force generation in a context
20 21
Miller, War Plan Orange, op cit., p. 16. Col. Adolf Carlson, Joint US Army-Navy War Planning on the Eve of the First World War: Its Origins and Its Legacy, (monograph; Carlisle, PA: Strategic Studies Institute, US Army War College, 16 February 1998), p. 13, at < http://www.strategicstudiesinstitute.army.mil/pdffiles/PUB351.pdf > [accessed 4 April 2008]: In Aril 1904, in response to a recommendation made by Army Chief of Staff Lieutenant General Adna R. Chaffe, Secretary of War William Howard Taft directed the Joint Army Navy Planning Board to agree upon a series of practical problems (Taking them in the order of their assumed importance) which involve cooperation of the services, and for the execution of which in time of emergency the two staffs will be responsible. The Joint Boards solutions to these practical problems would become war plans signed by the two service secretaries. This was the first joint deliberate planning system in American history. See also: Henry G. Gole, War Planning at the US Army War College, (dissertation; Philadelphia, PA: Temple University, 1991). 22 Russell F. Weigley, The American Way of War, (Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press, 1977, p. 172. 23 Statement of a Proper Military Policy for the United States, (Washington, DC: Army War College, Government Printing Office, 1915); and Emory Upton, The Military Policy of the United States, (Washington, DC: Government Printing Office, 1917). 24 Howard White, Executive Influence in Determining Military Policy in the United States, (Urbana, IL: University of Illinois, 1925). 25 The secretaries of war and the navy and their assistant secretaries rarely injected themselves into the planning work of their uniformed subordinates. Their correspondence on the subject was sparse (although they may have communicated verbally). Between the world wars the service secretaries signed about half a dozen Orange Plans or major amendments. They regarded war plans as national policy instruments available for the presidents orders in a crisis. Occasionally they reorganized procedures or nudged the planners to make revisions because of treaties or changes in the balance of power. Usually, however, the planners presented themselves innovations for their endorsement. Miller, War Plan Orange, op cit., p. 12.
that
required
national
mobilization26
and
trans-oceanic
deployment
became
a
staple
of
the
planning.27
Third,
the
system
legitimized
the
brainstorming
of
innovative
and
relevant
strategic
concepts,
including
utilization
of
the
intellectual
resources
of
the
national
War
Colleges
of
the
Army28
and
Navy,29
as
well
as
debating
alternative
courses
of
action
based
on
the
comparative
assessment.30
On
the
other
hand,
the
strategic
estimate
process
as
institutionalized
in
the
American
military
Services
evidenced
at
least
seven
serious
sins.
Preeminent
among
them:
political
guidance
was
generally
a
fiction.31
Few
politicians
were
able
to
articulate
the
kind
of
clear
guidance
that
mission-driven
planning
required.32
26
Harry B. Yoshpe, Bernard M. Baruch: Civilian Godfather of the Military M-Day Plan, Military Affairs, vol. 29, no. 1, (1965): pp. 1-15; Albert A. Blum, Roosevelt, the M-Day Plans, and the Military- Industrial Complex, Military Affairs, vol. 36, no. 2, (1972): pp. 44-46; and Miller, War Plan Orange, op cit., p. 13: For the Pacific, Army Orange Plans consisted primarily of timetables for mobilization and embarkation in support of navy-designed offensives. The army also prepared narrow tactical plans for defendeing the Philippines, Hawaii, and the Panama Canal that were complete and workmanlike, but as to wide-angle strategy it was reactive, not innovative. 27 For an early example, see Statement of a Proper Military Policy for the United States, op cit., p. 5. 28 In 1920, the Army General Staff added a fifth (though unnumbered) division to G-1 through G-4- -the War Plans Division. The [Army] War College became an auxiliary think tank for that division. OSullivan, Review: The Road to Rainbow, op cit. p. 58. 29 Miller, War Plan Orange, op cit., p. 16, gives an interesting background to the development of war planning at the US Naval War College in the beginning of the century: Many of them found war planning a congenial exercise of comparative analysis and scholarly deduction. About 1910 the colleges president Raymond P. Rodgers adopted the applicatory system, better know as the Estimate of the Situation. It was thinking process recommended by his kinsman Captain William Ledyard Rodgers, who learned it at the Army War College. A great white light broke on the service when through this system plans were presented as four reasoned elements. The system was used by other naval entities long after the college left the planning scene in 1912. 30 Charles A. Beard, America Debates War Plans, Current History, vol. 42, (June 1935): pp. 290- 294. 31 During the 1930s the US had a range of color coded War Plans that were only replaced in 1939 by the Rainbow Plans. These included 23 different colored plans for military activities against as many different countries. The major ones included: Britain Red; Germany Black; France White; Spain Yellow; Japan Orange; Italy Grey; Russia Purple and/or Green; and China Saffron and Violet. Others were either part of a campaign with a major power or intervention, In conjunction with Red: Ireland Emerald; Canada Crimson; India Ruby; Australia Scarlet and New Zealand Garnet. As an adjunct to Orange: Defense of China vs. Japan Yellow. Interventions: Central American Republic Purple (note same color for Russia); French Caribbean Gold; Iceland Indigo; Portugal Lemon; Spain Olive; Tan Cuba; Green Mexico Green (note conflict same color for Russia); Brazil Citron; and China Violet. Steven T. Ross, American War Plans: 1890-1939, (London, UK: Frank Cass, 2002), p. 38. 32 Almost until the outbreak of World War II the civil government paid scant attention to war planning. Strategy was the domain of uniformed officers who neither got nor expected guidance from their civilian masters. Such lack of coordination between the military and the civil persisted even during the war. Other great powers had integrated their foreign and domestic policies with military strategy,
Moreover, once confronted with the derivative plans attempting to implement his long-range strategy, the Commander in Chief: Not infrequently ignored them;33 Revised the objectives without realigning resources;34 Gave them only cursory attention or endorsement;35 Made changes that were incompatible with the existing plan;36 and/or Inhibited serious contingency planning for real threats.37
Top
down
policy
guidance
for
long-range
military
planning
tended
to
come
in
sound
bites
from
the
White
House38
and
telegrammed
reporting
from
the
State
sensible
behavior
because
a
major
war
in
Europe
could
threaten
the
very
survival
of
nations.
For
the
United
States
the
security
of
ocean
moats,
distrust
of
militarism,
and
a
foreign
policy
based
on
assuring
the
sanctity
of
the
Western
Hemisphere
and
the
shunning
of
alliances
all
fostered
civilian
disinterest.
Although
planning
was
formalized
as
a
US
military
function
a
the
start
of
the
twentieth
century,
politicians
usually
either
knew
nothing
about
the
war
plans
or
maintained
a
discreet
pretense.
Miller,
War
Plan
Orange,
op
cit.,
pp.
2,
10.
33
Woodrow
Wilson
was
overtly
hostile
to
war
planners.
He
curtailed
their
work
in
1913.
Miller,
War
Plan
Orange,
op
cit.,
pp.
10,
22:
Angered
at
plotting
of
steps
for
mobilization
behind
his
back,
he
suspended
the
Joint
Board
from
all
war-planning
activity.
34
Jeffery
A.
Engle,
Cold
War
at
30,000
Feet:
The
Anglo-American
Fight
for
Aviation
Supremacy,
(Cambridge,
MA:
Harvard
University
Press,
2007),
pp.
18-20,
quoting
Ed
Cray,
General
of
the
Army:
Soldier
and
Statesman,
(New
York,
NY:
W.W.
Norton,
1990),
p.
166,
notes
that
President
Roosevelt
overrode
the
national
industrial
mobilization
plan
as
well
as
the
advice
of
the
Secretary
of
War
and
the
Army
Chief
of
Staff
in
pledging
that
the
US
would
produce
fifty
thousand
planes
a
year
for
rearmament
of
the
Allies.
This
was
an
awesome
figure,
demanding
that
an
industry
that
had
strained
to
produce
two
thousand
planes
during
the
whole
of
1939
now
churn
out
more
than
four
thousand
a
month.
The
total
amount
of
aluminum
...
exceeded
America's
entire
annual
production....
Army
Chief
of
Staff
George
Marshall,
Roosevelt's
most
venerable
military
adviser,
thought
his
commander's
goal
a
shortsighted
folly
given
what
he
considered
the
country's
more
pressing
needs.
35
No
Orange
Plan
was
ever
enacted
by
Congress
or
signed
by
a
President;
even
in
mid-1941
Franklin
Roosevelt
gave
only
o9ral
approval
to
Plan
Rainbow
Five,
the
fundamental
policy
guideline
for
World
War
II.
The
secretaries
of
war
and
navy
had
signed
forma
Orange
Plans
from
1924
onward;
previously
they
were
endorsed
only
by
the
senior
military
officers
responsible
for
planning.
Miller,
War
Plan
Orange,
op
cit.,
Pp.
2,
10:
The
three
Republican
presidents
of
the
1920s
were
disinterested
in
war
plans
and
preparations.
Governing
during
a
time
of
Japanese
passivity,
they
put
their
trust
in
treaties
that
restricted
navies
and
bases.
36
In
1940,
at
the
same
time
President
Roosevelt
made
the
decision
for
an
Atlantic
first
strategy
he
deployed
the
Pacifica
Fleet
forward
to
Pearl
Harbor
and
reinforced
the
US
presence
in
the
Philippines
even
though
he
knew
the
former
was
provocative
and
the
latter
could
not
be
rescued
in
time.
See:
Chief
of
Naval
Operations
memo
to
the
Secretary
of
the
Navy,
Plan
Dog,
November
12,
1940,
in
US
War
Plans:
1938-1945,
edited
by
Steven
T.
Ross,
(Boulder,
CO:
Lynne
Rienner,
2002),
pp.
55-66.
37
Even
though
the
US
had
fought
its
most
recent
war
against
Germany
and
would
fight
another
within
twenty
years,
intense
domestic
pressure
emerged
for
the
Army
to
halt
when
it
became
known
that
the
Army
was
constructing
a
plan
for
a
war
with
Germany.
This
may
have
encouraged
the
Army
to
focus
on
more
speculative
scenarios
for
planning
purposes.
United
States
Color-coded
War
Plans,
Wikipedia,
2008,
at
<
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_Color-coded_War_Plans
>
[accessed
11
February
2008];
and
Ross,
American
War
Plans:
1890-1939,
op
cit.
Department,
with
policy
and
strategy
either
so
general
or
timidly
narrow
as
to
be
useless
demonstrating
the
link
between
policy
and
strategy
more
in
the
breach
than
observance.39
If
politics
had
primacy,
there
were
also
secondary
but
serious
problems
within
the
military
side
of
the
strategy
development
process
--
particularly
inconsistent
and
asymmetrical
assumptions
buried
in
war
plans
not
subject
to
civilian
oversight
or
critical
review.
While
balance
assessment
was
a
critical
link
in
the
deductive
chain
between
guidance
and
options,
the
bifurcated
process
of
G-2
evaluating
the
threat
and
G-3
appraising
its
own
relative
capabilities
produced
a
dangerous
weakness
in
the
process
they
were
often
neither
truly
comparative
in
the
metrics
they
used
nor
objective
in
diagnosing
strengths
and
weaknesses
of
both
sides.40
Third,
where
the
German
training
system
had
stressed
initiative
and
38
From the business strategy community, comes some real insight: A common view today is that the formulation of strategy is easy, but the real issues and problems are those of implementation, and that the conventionally prescriptive approach to strategy ignores the degree to which strategy in real businesses is emergent rather than directed. We accept that this a justified critique of standard approaches to strategy, but that these approaches are themselves based on a misconception of what strategy for a business really involves. Such criticisms are appropriately directed at a wish-driven view of strategy which emphasizes leadership, visions, and missions. If this is strategy, then it should be no surprise that formulation is easy and implementation difficult, and also unsurprising that such strategy has limited impact on what operating businesses actually do. Meaningful strategy is not a statement of corporate aspirations, but is rooted in the distinctive capabilities of the individual firm. When strategy is emergent in this sense, the distinction between formulation and implementation becomes far less. John Kay, Peter Mckiernan and David Faulkner, The History of Strategy and Some Thoughts about the Future, in The Oxford Handbook of Strategy, edited by David O. Faulkner and Andrew Campbell, (Oxford Handbooks; Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 2003): pp. 27-28. 39 American war plans from 1890 to 1939 demonstrate the vital requirement for a close and continuous linkage of policy and strategy. When such linage was weak or absent, war plans became divorced from reality and turned into mere exercises an annual ritual for staff officers. When a linkage existed, war plans approached reality. The Joint Board had attempted to obtain continuing advice from the State Department but it was not interested. The Board, therefore, had to devise war plans in a political void. The planners were aware of the world around them and tried to make plans conform to reality. The Joint Board and Joint Planning Committee often produced plans that conformed to the nations policy, but the military organization frequently devised plans, especially plans for a large-scale war, that had little to do with national policy or diplomatic reality. In a negative sense then, American war plans between 1890 and 1939 demonstrate the importance of continuous interactions between policy and strategy. Ross, American War Plans: 1890-1939, op cit., p. 183. 40 In his classic work, Balck, Tactics, Vol. I, op cit., pp. 10, cautions that: One danger of using nothing but the applicatory method must be noted. The instructor, as representative of a definite theory, finds it comparatively easy to select the conditions governing a specific case in such a way that the theory which he represents necessarily appears to be the correct one. This is especially true when the director of an applicatory problem determines the action of the opposing side. Contrary to popular perception, at least in the inter-war period, there were as many examples of best case planning as there were threat
10
imagination
in
developing
alternatives,
the
American
system
gravitated
to
a
school
solution
that
reduced
rather
than
expanded
the
range
of
creative
options41
--
for
example
boiling
everything
down
to
a
simplistic
naval
Maritime
or
army
Continental
strategy42
--
and
cross
service
coordination
was
incomplete
at
best,
and
not
infrequently
inconsistent.43
Fourth,
at
the
peak
of
the
industrial
revolution
and
at
a
time
of
epic
technological
innovation,
American
national
planning
assumed
that
technology
was
something
to
be
addressed
by
Service
armament
bureaus
rather
than
viewing
new
systems
with
radically
new
capabilities
as
a
form
of
strategic
breakthrough.44
Fifth,
there
was
little
systematic
recognition
of
hyping
worst
case
salesmanship.
Ross,
American
War
Plans:
1890-1939,
op
cit.,
pp.
182-183,
notes
that
in
assessing
contingencies
versus
Japan,
Joint
Board
planners
did
not
take
the
imbalance
of
resources
between
Japan
and
the
United
States
into
account
and
consequently
planned
a
war
that
the
United
States
could
not
lose
and
that
Japan
could
not
wage.
41
The
weakness
of
the
whole
applicatory
system
of
instruction
lies
in
the
fact
that
a
textbook
based
upon
it,
although
written
by
a
master
hand,
can
portray
only
isolated
examples,
and
that
these,
studied
again
and
again,
soon
lose
their
value
in
the
same
manner
as
a
maneuver
terrain
that
has
become
too
well
known.
For,
although
we
ordinarily
find
principles
represented
in
a
connected
form,
this
method
of
instruction
can
only
convey
them
in
a
fragmentary
manner
in
connection
with
the
details
of
the
events
described.
Balck,
Tactics,
Vol.
I,
op
cit.,
pp.
10.
42
The
American
Navy
tended
to
view
future
conflict
as
a
come
as
you
are
party
which
put
emphasis
on
their
role
as
a
force
in
readiness
for
Maritime
defensive
protection;
while
the
small
US
Army
required
extended
mobilization
for
Continental
offensive
projection.
Frank
E.
Jordan,
III,
A
Strategic
Approach
to
the
Maritime
Continental
Strategy
Debate,
(research
paper;
Washington,
DC:
Naval
War
College,
February
1987),
views
the
maritime-continental
strategy
debate
as
a
conflict
between
two
divergent
approaches
to
national
strategy
development
in
terms
of
the
strategic
criteria
of
definition
of
the
strategic
problem,
strategic
purpose
and
approach,
escalation
control,
and
the
strategic
center
of
gravity.
This
competing
Continental
versus
Maritime
framework
was
not
untypical
of
island
countries,
with
Japan
and
Great
Britain
having
similar
inter-service
planning
asymmetries.
Michael
I.
Handel,
Masters
of
War:
Classical
Strategic
Thought,
(London,
UK:
Routledge,
revised
edition
2000),
pp.
292-294,
points
out
that
Englands
Admiral
Percy
Corbett
had
attempted
to
reconcile
them,
but
in
doing
so,
recognized
an
inherent
incompatibility
in
their
respective
views
on
limitability.
43
The
secretaries
as
well
as
the
admirals
and
generals
were
often
lax
in
informing
their
opposite
numbers
about
departmental
plans.
Miller,
War
Plan
Orange,
op
cit.,
pp.
12-13,
observes
that
Army
planning
was
also
inconsistent.
Sometimes
its
viewpoint
harmonized
with
the
navys,
sometimes
it
prodded
the
navy
to
adopt
more
aggressive
programs,
and
sometimes
it
prescribed
caution.
Its
schizophrenia
arose
from
the
incompatible
objectives
of
supporting
the
garrison
of
the
Philippines
and
conserving
power
for
more
vital
interest
in
the
Atlantic
and
eastern
Pacific.
44
Points
made
in:
Stefan
T.
Possony,
Tomorrows
War:
Its
Planning,
Management
and
Cost,
(London,
UK:
W.
Hodge
and
Co.,
1938);
and
Stefan
T.
Possony,
Strategic
Air
Power:
The
Pattern
of
dynamic
Security,
(Washington,
DC:
Infantry
Journal
Press,
1949);
I.
B.
Holley,
Jet
Lag
in
the
Army
Air
Corps,
pp.
123-153,
and
Col.
Alan
L.
Gropman,
Air
Force
Planning
and
the
Technology
Development
Planning
Process
in
the
Post-World
War
II
Air
Force
the
First
Decade
(1945-1955),
in
Military
Planning
th in
the
Twentieth
Century,
edited
by
LtCol.
Harry
R.
Borowski,
(Proceedings
of
the
11
Military
History
Symposium,
10-12
October
1984;
Washington,
DC:
Office
of
Air
Force
History,
USAF,
1986),
p.
154,
We
found
that
before
the
end
of
World
War
11,
the
Air
Force
had
acknowledged
that
advanced
technology
11
uncertainties,45 treatment of entropy46 or appreciation of an opponent that reacts to threat reaction.47 Sixth, the assumption that the process was linear and could be addressed in successive steps ignored the iterative nature of most strategic problem solving where there is a constant interplay between deduction and induction.48 Lastly, because the whole planning system essentially involved scaling up to the theater level what was basically a tactical approach, a number of issues unique to strategy either got left out or were not addressed coherently. Tactical thinking does not include or tends to ignore disconnects between ends and means,49 key asymmetries between major rivals,50 problems of prioritization between
had become a key to victory, but we also discovered (through reading official histories) that there were difficulties in establishing the processes for developing technology, and, more to the point, there was no formal nexus between the Headquarters Directorate of Plans and other Pentagon or field technology development organizations. We believe two devices-doctrine and long-range or strategic planning-might have unified the headquarters efforts, had they been in existence during the decade under review. 45 Arthur J. Alexander, The Linkage Between Technology, Doctrine, and Weapons Innovation: Experimentation for Use, (Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 1981), pp 5, 12, notes that military bureaucracies often plan as though the world were certain, although that is far from reality. 46 Complicating the planners mission of influencing the programmers and budgeters is the enormous uncertainty in which they must operate. Planners themselves, uncomfortable with attempts to see through the dense fog, find it easier to make assumptions about the future than to live with ambiguity. Programmers and budgeters deal with a threat they see, and they are uncomfortable with planners assumptions in the face of uncertainty. Gropman, Air Force Planning and the Technology Development Planning Process in the Post-World War II Air Force, op cit., p. 159; and Merton J. Peck and Frederick M. Scherer, Weapons Acquisition Process: An Economic Analysis, (Boston, MA: Division of Research, Graduate School of Business Administration, Harvard University, 1962), pp 17-54, 581-582, note that there are substantial uncertainties permeating the weapons acquisition process and the dominant unknowns are internal uncertainties, which originate largely in the strategic environment. 47 Gropman, Air Force Planning and the Technology Development Planning Process in the Post- World War II Air Force, op cit., p. 159: The American military planner deals with an adversary who operates from a closed society, who is extremely stingy about providing information, and who, most disconcertingly, reacts to planning initiatives. American military planners rely on intelligence to tell them about the relevant future thereafter, actions proposed by the American military planner to achieve national objectives change the future with which planners thought they were dealing because [the opponents] actions are responsive to American initiatives. 48 The two methods (the applicatory, or inductive, and the deductive) must be so supplemented that the lesson in tactics clearly illustrates the purpose of and object of a tactical operation and allows of the attainment of a thorough knowledge of the means necessary to gain that object. Balck, Tactics, Vol. I, op cit., pp. 11. 49 Gole, The Road to Rainbow: Army Planning for Global War, op cit., commenting on the US Army planning in the 1930s that there is something surreal in a third-rate military thinking first-rate global schemes. 50 A general theme in: Kent Roberts Greenfield, American Strategy in World War II: A Reconsideration, (Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins Press, 1963).
12
different
fronts,51
the
contribution
of
allies
and
alliance
management,52
or
the
manipulation
of
strategic
postures
to
induce
inefficient
resource
expenditure
by
the
opponent.53
Strategy
is
not
just
tactics
writ
large
because
the
latter,
focused
on
the
immediate
engagement
with
the
opponent,
provide
no
coherent
foundation
for
a
long-range
competitive
approach
trying
to
avoid
direct
conflict.
Strategy has long been recognized as a critical element in national security. The Commander in Chief has a prime responsibility in its articulation but this does not take place in a vacuum, and is frequently impacted by broader issues of foreign policy, Congressional funding and popular support. When new threats arise and are recognized with plentiful resources, the discussion of strategy tends to take back seat to issues of modernization and execution, but when enemies are distant, small or multiple, the strategic choices that a country must make and the risks associated with them take on renewed importance.
The
surprise
at
Pearl
Harbor
has
tended
to
mask
the
abject
failure
on
the
eve
of
World
War
II
of
American
strategic
assessment:
both
in
substance
and
process.54
Strategic change -- the rise of new challengers under the pressure of
51
On the issues of a two-front war and priorities between the Pacific and the Atlantic, see: Samuel Eliot Morison, American Contributions to the Strategy of World War II, (two lectures; London, UK: Oxford University Press, 1958). 52 A major point in Part II Participation with Allies and Two-Front War, of Gole, The Road to Rainbow: Army Planning for Global War, op cit., pp. 39-80. See also: Mark A. Stoler, Allies and Adversaries: The Joint Chiefs of Staff, the Grand Alliance, and US Strategy in World War II, (Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press, 2000)). Starting in 1934, the Army War College always set its problems as wars fought in participation with Allies, and in most years, against coalitions of foes; but serious US-Anglo staff talks did not begin until the London meeting of August 1940 and culminated with the ABC-1 Report of late March 1941 an unrealistic plan that placed primary emphasis on bombing and blockade as a means of sapping Axis strength before a final conventional assault. 53 The Pentagon planning we are dealing with is neither operation nor contingency planning, but it is force structure planning a term not defined in military dictionaries (in fact, planning itself as an activity is also not defined). For our purposes, force structure planning means directing the building and putting in place the forces (and their support) necessary to achieve national security objectives in the future (which many be relatively near or distant but is never the present). Whereas operation or contingency planning is largely a science *strategically allocating know forces to meet an expected or probable situation), force structure planning is an art because it deals with unlimited unknowns. Some operation planning has been done in the Pentagon, but the majority of the planning has always been force structure planning. Given the length of the development cycle, all force structure planning has long- range implications, but that is certainly not to say that force structure planning in the era we are addressing was coherent, long-range planning. Gropman, Air Force Planning and the Technology Development Planning Process in the Post-World War II Air Force op cit., p. 155. 54 Steven Ross, American War Plans, 1941-1945: The Test of Battle, (Portland, OR: Frank Cass, 1997).
13
receding resources has not infrequently been associated with a Strategy Gap where the continuance of an old strategy may be irrelevant to a new environment but a new plan may also have blind spots or be unrealistic on what is needed to implement it. The problem of strategic failure is not just one of embarrassment or expensive remediation; in a multi-polar nuclear world a failed strategy can endanger the nation and imperil the survival of allies. Although bad strategy is fairly evident after it fails, there has been little attention given to how to diagnose it or prevent its consequences pro-actively.55 Strategicide means death by failed strategy. It describes a situation where a plan of action is a self-inflicted wound on the organization that developed it.56 The term is a construction of the Greek stratgos (commanders intent) and Latin caedere (to kill) and literally means a leaders plan that is more deadly for its inventor than the opponent. In plain English, Strategicide describes an institutional defeat where mistakes in systematic planning are endemic to the casual chain of disaster. Particularly stark in Americas pre-war misconception was a political strategy that encouraged the forward deployment of US forces and their symbolic deterrent posture in the Philippines. This indictment applies not only to the political leadership but the gross inadequacies in planning by the uniformed military. In short, there was a fundamental breakdown in the joint planning process within and between the institutionalized services, not to mention the upstart Air Corps.57 For the US, like others hiding behind oceanic barriers, there was a real danger that, as Lord Tedder once remarked about the tendency of strategists to draw conclusions from the later stages of wars, when after some years of lavish
55
Strategy books routinely look at successes and suggest how readers can emulate them. But no one looks as failures and lays out methods for how not to emulate them. Paul B. Carroll and Chunka Mui, Billion Dollar Lessons: What You Can Learn from the Most Inexcusable Business Failures, (New York, NY: Penguin, 2008), p.2. 56 The phrase self-inflicted wound is from: Michel Robert, The New Strategic Thinking, (New York, NY: McGraw Hill, 2006), p. 21. 57 See: James Gason, Planning the American Air War: Four Men and Nine Days in 1941, (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2000).
14
expenditure;
the
Commander
knows
that
he
can
more
or
less
count
on
a
blank
cheque.58
One
of
the
leading
planners
of
the
era,
Vannevar
Bush
admitted:
We
have
done
military
planning
of
actual
campaigns
in
time
of
war
well,
and
we
have
done
military
planning
of
a
broad
nature
in
time
of
peace
exceedingly
badly.
Yet
both
have
been
done
largely
by
the
same
individuals.
Why
the
striking
contrast?
First,
peacetime
planning
deals
with
facilities
and
techniques
of
the
future
rather
than
the
present.
Second,
the
bond
that
holds
men
in
unison
under
stress
of
war
becomes
largely
dissolved
when
peace
returns.
Third,
peacetime
planning
is
done
in
a
political
atmosphere.59
The danger of learning from the wrong end of a war is an important point, because, if the old von Moltke dictim is true that no battle plan survives first contact with the enemy,60 then success, even survival, in the initial period of war puts a premium on getting strategic assessment as right as possible under conditions of uncertainty in the fog of peace.61 As with most human phenomenon, the explanations for Americas Strategicide of the intra-war period are complex and multi-variate, but five key components particularly relevant to the modern environment suggest five hypotheses: That the rise of a National challenger in a region where the stabilizing powers are overcommitted and understrength put a premium on depending upon political deterrence that, because it increasingly looks
58
W. N. Medlicott, Review: Grand Strategy, English Historical Review, vol. 74, no. 292, (1959): p. 509, quoting General Arthur Tedder, British Air Marshall. 59 This is not planning; it is a grab bag. It will lead us to waste our substance. It will lead to strife between services of a nature that can destroy public confidence. It will render us vulnerable to a hostile world. Vannevar Bush, Modern Arms and Free Men, A Discussion of the Role of Science in Preserving Democracy, (New York, NY: Simon and Schuster, 1949), pp 250-261. 60 Helmuth von Moltke the Elder, Wikiquote, 15 December 2007, at < http://en.wikiquote.org/wiki/Helmuth_von_Moltke_the_Elder > [accessed 12 April 2008]. 61 For one of the few studies of this topic, see: The Fog of Peace and War Planning, edited by Talbot C. Imlay and Monica Duffy Toft, (Taylor & Francis, 2005). In Tofts and Imlays chapter on Strategic and Military Planning under the Fog of Peace, p. 1, they note that prudence alone dictates that states and their militaries plan for the possibility of interstate war. But if the task of military planning is indispensable it is also fraught with an uncertainty rooted in three basic problems: that of identifying friend and foe, that of understanding the nature of future war; and that of determining its timing. Imlay and Toft, conclude with Seven Lessons Learned About the Fog of Peace, pp. 249-257, which include: 1. Effective war planning requires as many inputs as possible; 2. Balance short-term and long-term perspectives in planning; 3. Hedge Your Bets in Terms of the development of weapon systems; 4. The need for flexibility in identifying Friends and Foes; 5. Formal Allied planning requires effective preparation; 6. Balance of power within an Alliance may undermine planning; and 7. Be flexible for effective military and strategic planning. These seem obvious and simplistic, until one considers how much they are violated.
15
like a con not a commitment, was asymmetrically perceived and actually gave an incentive for prevention rather than precaution. That Depression Economics and the national mood of isolationism eviscerated the best efforts of planning, and thus produced a charade at home and provocation abroad.62 That multilateral Arms Control the strategic Naval Arms Limitations on Capital Ships -- produced an environment where unilateral self-constraint was more pressing, in order to save resources, than hanging tough to enforce opponent observance.63 That the fog of peace64 including a State Department led politicized strategy of symbolic forward deployment for deterrent purposes and the need to appease Alliance politics65 -- overrode and papered-over deep concerns in military planning about the disconnect between capabilities and expectations. That discontinuities in Military Service institutional interests and differences in interpretation of how to implement them (where the Army was gearing up for a long forward deployed campaign in Europe and the Navy was trying to back out of exposed forward vulnerability in the Pacific) made realistic planning a farce.66
None of this excuses Japanese culpability in starting an aggressive war, but the extent to which Americans were shocked at the disastrous turn of events during the
first
six
months
has
much
more
to
do
with
a
failure
of
a
planning
system
that
not
only
did
not
anticipate
the
danger,
but
actually
provoked
preemption.
Large
institutions
do
not
like
blank
slate
strategic
planning,
and
the
military
even
less
its
a
lot
of
effort
that
frequently
goes
to
naught.
In
the
words
of
62
For example: Jonathon Marshall, To Have and Have Not: Southeast Asian Raw Materials and the Origins of the Pacific War, (Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 1995); Haruo Tohmatsu and H.P. Willmott, A Gathering Darkness: The Coming of War to the Far East and the Pacific, 1921-1942, (Lanham, MD: SR Books, 2004); and Edward S. Miller, Bankrupting the Enemy: The US Financial Siege of Japan Before Pearl Harbor, (Annapolis, MD: Naval Institute Press, 2007). 63 Richard W. Fanning, Peace and Disarmament: Naval Rivalry & Arms Control, 1922-1933, (Lexington, KY: University of Kentucky, 1995); Emily O. Goldman, Sunken Treaties: Naval Arms Control between the Wars, (University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State University Press, 1994); and Robert Gordon Kaufman, Arms Control During the Pre-Nuclear Era: The United States and Naval Limitation between the Two World Wars, (New York, NY: Columbia University Press, 1990). 64 The Fog of Peace and War Planning: Military and Strategic Planning under Uncertainty, edited by Talbot C. Imlay and Monica Duffy Toft, (New York, NY: Routledge, 2006). 65 John Costello, Days of Infamy: MacArthur, Roosevelt, Churchill the Shocking Truth Revealed, (New York, NY: Pocket Books, 1994); Mark A. Stoler, Allies and Adversaries: The Joint Chiefs of Staff, The Grand Alliance, and US Strategy In World War II, (Raleigh, North Carolina: University of North Carolina Press, 2000). 66 This contrast between the Army and Navy is well documented and demonstrated in: Gole, The Road to Rainbow: Army Planning for Global War, op cit. for the former, and Miller, War Plan Orange, op cit. for the latter.
16
one senior British military officer on receiving request from the Foreign Office to participate in post-World War II strategic guidance: I am afraid that it means more work for the Joint Planners, but I do not see how we can get out of it.67 But the military are even more uncomfortable operating in the absence of strategic intent. 0Despite recognized deficiencies in Services planning prior to World War II, the U.S. military ended the conflict without any clearer peacetime planning structure than they started with. In fact, as of V-J Day the Joint Chiefs of Staff had received no specific directive to continue to address basic military problems jointly in peacetime as they had during the wartime years.68 In 1945 Life Magazine declared in headlines: We are in a different league now. How large the subject of security has grown, larger than a combined Army and Navy.69 Despite a broad recognition of the need for unified military
67
Comment of General Sir Hastings Ismay, Chief of Staff Officer to the Minister of Defense, on receiving request from the Foreign Office for post-war strategic guidance; quoted in Julian Lewis, Changing Direction: British Military Planning for Post-war Strategic Defence, 1942-1947, (London, UK: Sherwood Press, 1988), p. 1. 68 This stemmed from a policy approved by the President in late 1943. In November of that year, President Roosevelt had instructed the Joint Chiefs of Staff to prepare a study for him indicating the general postwar air base requirements of the United States around the world. They had assigned this task to the JSSC. During development of their report, the JSSC, in an unusual action, had drafted what it termed a recommended Policy on Post-War Military Problems, completely unrelated to the air base study. The JSSC appended this Recommended Policy to its report and sent it forward to the Joint Chiefs of Staff along with its recommendations for air bases. At their meeting on 15 November 1943 the Joint Chiefs of Staff approved all the JSSC recommendations and forwarded them, including the policy statement, to President Roosevelt who approved the entire package on 23 November. The operative portions of the statement of policy regarding the JCS role in postwar policymaking were contained in the first three paragraphs, as follows: 1. The Joint Chiefs of Staff should be represented in important groups concerned with post-war planning, as may be necessary to insure that military considerations may be integrated with political and economic considerations. 2. The Post-war military problems should be studied as an integrated whole rather than as separate problems for the ground, naval and air forces. 3. They must be examined from the points of view of national defense, of prospective international military commitments and related national commercial interests. While in the last analysis national security must dominate, we must be prepared to make concessions to the international organization. Presidential approval of these statements, while not a specific directive to the Joint Chiefs of Staff to engage in postwar planning, was construed as authorizing them to do so. On this basis, the Joint Chiefs of Staff began the process of developing military policy and strategy for the postwar period. James F. Schnable, The History of the Joint Chief of Staff: The Joint Chiefs of Staff and National Policy: Vol. I, 1945- 1947, (Wilmington, DE: Michael Glazier, Inc., 1979): pp. 135-136. 69 Cited in David Jablonsky, The State of the National Security State, Parameters, (Winter 2002- 2003): p. 5.
17
organization
to
replace
the
bi-service
divide,70
and
acceptance
of
greater
peacetime
civilian
oversight
as
articulated
by
the
Eberstadt
task
force
on
National
Security
Organization,71
it
was
not
until
passage
of
the
National
Security
Act
of
1947
that
there
was
an
attempt
to
articulate
a
National
Security
Strategy72
and
structure
a
competitive
assessment
process
to
support
it.73
The
purpose
of
this
legislation
that
created
the
first
integrated
National
Military
Establishment74
was
not
just
for
Service
rivalries
for
the
budget
were
such
that
the
Chiefs,
even
with
a
strong
Chairman
added,
could
not
really
develop
a
coherent
set
of
strategic
plans.
Admiral
Denfeld,
who,
as
Chief
of
Naval
operations,
had
been
a
member
of
the
JCS,
claimed
that
on
nine-tenths
of
the
matters
that
come
before
them,
the
Joint
Chiefs
reach
agreement
among
themselves.
Normally
the
only
disputes
are
on
strategic
concepts,
the
size
and
composition
of
forces,
and
budget
matters.
That,
unfortunately,
was
the
point.
On
the
critical
10
percent
of
their
business,
the
Chiefs
could
not
agree.
Quoted
in:
William
W.
Kaufmann,
The
McNamara
Strategy,
(New
York,
NY:
Harper
&
Row,
1964),
p.
19.
71
Report
to
the
Hon.
James
Forrestal,
Secretary
of
the
Navy
by
Ferdinand
Eberstadt,
Unification
of
the
War
and
Navy
Departments
and
Postwar
Organization
for
National
Security,
(Washington,
DC:
US
Senate,
committee
on
Naval
Affairs,
22
October
1945):
pp.
47-54.
For
an
interesting
perspective
on
how
trusted
friendships
can
produce
both
valuable
critique
and
complimentary
impact
in
strategy
development,
see:
Jeffery
M.
Dorwart,
Eberstadt
and
Forrestal:
A
National
Security
Partnership,
1909- 1949,
(College
Station,
TX:
Texas
A
&
M
University
Press,
1991).
72
The
President
shall
transmit
to
Congress
each
year
a
comprehensive
report
on
the
national
security
strategy
of
the
United
States.
and
shall
include
a
comprehensive
description
and
discussion
of
the
following:
(1)
The
worldwide
interests,
goals,
and
objectives
of
the
United
States
that
are
vital
to
the
national
security
of
the
United
States.
(2)
The
foreign
policy,
worldwide
commitments,
and
national
defense
capabilities
of
the
United
States
necessary
to
deter
aggression
and
to
implement
the
national
security
strategy
of
the
United
States.
(3)
The
proposed
short-term
and
long-term
uses
of
the
political,
economic,
military,
and
other
elements
of
the
national
power
of
the
United
States
to
protect
or
promote
the
interests
and
achieve
the
goals
and
objectives
referred
to
in
paragraph
(1).
(4)
The
adequacy
of
the
capabilities
of
the
United
States
to
carry
out
the
national
security
strategy
of
the
United
States,
including
an
evaluation
of
the
balance
among
the
capabilities
of
all
elements
of
the
national
power
of
the
United
States
to
support
the
implementation
of
the
national
security
strategy.
(5)
Such
other
information
as
may
be
necessary
to
help
inform
Congress
on
matters
relating
to
the
national
security
strategy
of
the
United
States.
Annual
National
Security
Strategy
Report,
National
Security
Act
of
1947,
(Washington,
DC:
US
Congress,
26
July
1947),
Sec.
108,
at
<
http://www.intelligence.gov/0-natsecact_1947.shtml
>
[accessed
1
April
2008].
73
By
mid-1947,
they
had
approved
a
military
policy,
a
strategic
estimate,
and
a
supporting
strategy.
The
preparation
of
implementing
war
plans
had
begun,
albeit
at
a
low
level,
and
had
continued
within
the
JCS
supporting
structure.
No
approved
war
plans
emerged
prior
to
1948,
but
the
Joint
Chiefs
of
Staff,
while
not
formally
addressing
the
efforts
of
their
planners,
were
aware
of
their
efforts
and
maintained
a
close
interest
in
the
planning
going
on.
Schnable,
The
History
of
the
Joint
Chief
of
Staff,
op
cit.
74
The
breadth
of
the
National
Security
act
was
remarkable.
it
not
only
created
the
NSc,
it
created
a
National
Military
establishment
(NME),
a
Central
Intelligence
Agency
(CIA),
a
National
Security
Resources
Board
(NSRB),
the
Departments
of
army,
Navy,
and
air
Force,
a
War
council,
a
Joint
chiefs
of
Staff
(JCS),
a
Munitions
Board,
and
a
Research
and
Development
Board.
Many
of
these
institutions,
and
70
18
efficiency
but
to
insure
effective
unified
strategic
direction
of
the
combatant
forces.75
And
along
with
strategy
came
recognition
of
the
need
to
assess
the
potential
military
power
of
the
United
States
which
was
declared
the
first
duty
of
the
National
Security
Council.
for
the
purpose
of
more
effectively
coordinating
the
policies
and
functions
of
the
departments
and
agencies
of
the
Government
relating
to
the
national
security,
it
shall,
subject
to
the
direction
of
the
President,
be
the
duty
of
the
Council
to
assess
and
appraise
the
objectives,
commitments,
and
risks
of
the
United
States
in
relation
to
our
actual
and
potential
military
power,
in
the
interest
of
national
security,
for
the
purpose
of
making
recommendations
to
the
President
in
connection
therewith.76
Thus,
the
first
provision
specified
for
the
Joint
Chiefs
of
Staff
in
the
1947
National
Security
Act
was
the
mandate
to
prepare
strategic
plans
and
to
provide
for
the
strategic
direction
of
the
armed
forces.77
Despite
its
sweeping
nature,
the
1947
act
did
not,
however,
create
a
holistic
enterprise;78
civilian
participation
in
competitive
strategy
and
oversight
of
contingency
planning
remained
weak.79
Its
roots
lay
in
the
British
Committee
of
Imperial
Defense,
a
cabinet
agency
for
coordinating
national
security
matters,
but
this
arrangement
was
more
suited
to
Cabinet
than
to
presidential
government.80
The
raising
of
the
traditional
Army
staff
system
of
G-2
Intelligence/G-3
Operations
others,
became
core
components
of
the
modern
national
security
system.
Cody
M.
Brown,
The
National
Security
Council:
A
Legal
History
of
the
Presidents
Most
Powerful
Advisers,
(Washington,
DC:
Center
for
the
Study
of
the
Presidency,
2008):
p.
5.
See
also:
James
S.
Lay,
Organizational
History
of
the
National
Security
Council
during
the
Truman
and
Eisenhower
Administrations,
(Ann
Arbor,
MI:
University
of
Michigan
Library,
1988).
75
to
provide
for
the
unified
strategic
direction
of
the
combatant
forces,
for
their
operation
under
unified
command,
and
for
their
integration
into
an
efficient
team
of
land,
naval,
and
air
forces
but
not
to
establish
a
single
Chief
of
Staff
over
the
armed
forces
nor
an
overall
armed
forces
general
staff.
Ibid.,
Sec.
2.
76
Title
I
Coordination
for
National
Security:
National
Security
Council,
Ibid.,
Sec.
101(b)1.
77
Major
Changes
in
the
Organization
of
the
Joint
Chiefs
of
Staff:
1942-1969,
Historical
Division,
Joint
Secretariat,
Joint
Chiefs
of
Staff,
(23
January
1970)
in
Appendix
A,
Mechanisms
for
Change
Organizational
History,
to
Report
to
the
President
and
the
Secretary
of
Defense
on
the
Department
of
Defense,
Report
to
the
President
and
the
Secretary
of
Defense
on
the
Department
of
Defense
by
the
Blue
Ribbon
Defense
Panel,
(Washington,
DC:
Assistant
Secretary
of
Defense,
Administration,
9
February
1970),
p.
196.
78
Brown,
The
National
Security
Council,
op
cit:
p.
5.
79
Much
of
this
is
covered
in
the
classic:
Samuel
P.
Huntington,
The
Common
Defense:
Strategic
Programs
in
National
Politics,
(New
York,
NY:
Columbia
University
Press,
1961).
80
Stanley
L.
Falk,
The
National
Security
Council
under
Truman,
Eisenhower,
and
Kennedy,
Political
Science
Quarterly,
vol.
79,
no.
3,
(September
1964):
pp.
403-434.
19
system
to
a
national
level
and
for
joint
application
made
the
process
of
strategy
development
both
rigid
and
turgid.81
Thus,
as
early
as
1949,
what
would
be
the
first
of
many
reorganizations,
argued
for
broader
civilian
participation
in
the
higher
realms
of
strategy
development:
Much
has
been
written
and
said
about
the
incapability
of
civilians
to
deal
with
military
matters.
Military
science,
it
is
said,
can
be
the
province
only
of
the
military.
That
may
be
true
on
the
battlefield:
it
is
not
true
in
the
realm
of
grand
strategy.
Modern
war
cannot
be
left
solely
to
the
generals.82
This issue was compounded as the Secretary of Defense took on more and more responsibility for grand strategy83 that required understanding of strategic concepts as well as the ability to critically evaluate them relative to other options in order to make prudent decisions on budgets, force structure tradeoffs, and major weapons system procurements, let alone issues of overseas campaigns, alliance war planning, nuclear deterrence or considerations of negotiated arms control.84
81
For a useful description and history of this planning approach, see: Walter S. Poole, The Evolution of the Joint Strategic Planning System, 1947-1989, (Special Historical Study; Washington, DC: Historical Division, Joint Secretariat, Joint Chiefs of Staff, 1989). 82 National Security Organization: A Report with Recommendations, (prepared for the Commission on Organization of the Executive Brand of the Government by the Committee on the National Security Organization; Washington, DC: GPO, January 1949), p. 57. 83 Defined as concerned both with purely military strategy and with politics and diplomacy; also, it should be added, with a wide range of civilian and economic activities from food supply and manpower to shipping and blockade. 84 For a useful summary of this overload, see: Charles A. Stevenson, SECDEF: The Nearly Impossible Job of Secretary of Defense, (Dulles, VA: Potomac Books, 2006). For detailed institutional histories, see: Steven L. Rearden, History of the Office of the Secretary of Defense, Vol. 1, The Formative Years, 1947- 1950, (Washington, DC: Historical Office, Office of the Secretary of Defense, GPO, 1984); Doris M. Condit, History of the Office of the Secretary of Defense, Vol. 1, The Test of War, 1950-1953, (Washington, DC: Historical Office, Office of the Secretary of Defense, GPO, 1988); Richard M. Leighton, History of the Office of the Secretary of Defense, Vol. 3, Strategy, Money, and the New Look, 1953-1956, (Washington, DC: Historical Office, Office of the Secretary of Defense, GPO, 2002); Robert J. Watson, History of the Office of the Secretary of Defense, Vol. 4, Into the Missile Age, 1956-1960, (Washington, DC: Historical Office, Office of the Secretary of Defense, GPO, 1997); Lawrence S. Kaplan, Ronald D. Landa, and Edward J. Drea, History of the Office of the Secretary of Defense, Vol. 5, The McNamara Ascendancy, 1961-1965, (Washington, DC: Historical Office, Office of the Secretary of Defense, GPO, 2006); and Roger R. Trask and Alfred Goldberg, The Department of Defense, 1947-1997: Organization and Leaders, (Washington, DC: Historical Office, Office of the Secretary of Defense, 1997).
20
The group involved was called the Net Evaluation Subcommittee of the National Security Council. And it was a quite interesting group, because it had been established during Eisenhowers time to do reviews of the results of a thermonuclear war between the United States and the Soviet Union. The net assessment, in other words, was what happens to each country in the event of that kind of a war.85
The creation of the absolute weapon changed both the nature of war and the role of civilians.86 In the conventional era military leaders could treat the initial period of war as indeterminate, buying time to convert peacetime resources into a mass instrument of an intra-war strategy designed to meet and defeat the opposing forces. But, in the nuclear age three millennia of recorded military art was turned upside down -- the early strikes were likely to be decisive, with the national mobilization base could be destroyed before most military assets were ever deployed, and the destruction of opposing forces was secondary to the slaughter of the society that they were to protect. Strategy came to mean a plan of enforced inaction and indecision what some called the end of strategy87 -- a nuance as strange to traditional military thinking as it was important to civilian leaders and therefore imperative for their intervention both on the decision to use nuclear weapons and in the planning process to prevent being confronted with that contingency.88
85
Charles Stuart Kennedy, Interview with James E. Goodby, (The Foreign Affairs Oral History Collection; Arlinton, VA: The Association for Diplomatic Studies and Training, 10 December 1990) at < http://memory.loc.gov/master/mss/mssmisc/mfdip/2004/2004goo04.sgm > [accessed 1 July 2010]. 86 The Absolute Weapon: Atomic Power and World Order, edited by Bernard Brodie, (New York, NY: Harcourt, Brace and Company, 1946). 87 Bernard Brodie, Strategy Hits a Dead End, Harpers, num. 209, (October 1955), pp. 33-37: There is a stark simplicity about an unrestricted nuclear war that almost enables it to be summed up in one short sentence: Be quick on the draw and the trigger squeeze, and aim for the heart. One then has to add: but even if you shoot first, you will probably die too. This brings us a long way from the subtleties of a Clausewitz, Jomini, or a Mahan. It brings us, in short, to the end of strategy as we have known it. 88 Steven Ross, American War Plans, 1945-1950, (New York, NY: Garland, 1988); and David Kaiser, US Objectives and Plans for War with the Soviet Union, 1946-54, in The Fog of Peace and War Planning, op cit., pp. 205-223.
21
It
has
become
accepted
wisdom
that
the
nuclear
age
introduced
and
legitimized
the
rise
of
non-military
strategists
and
with
them
a
new
era
of
methodological
innovation
in
forecasting
and
assessment
beyond
traditional
military
planning.
But
for
the
first
post-war
decade
civilian
grand
strategists
were
few,
their
impact
ephemeral,
with
little
evidence
of
a
coherent
strategy
process.
The
newly
formed
Department
of
Defense
had
trouble
grappling
with
service
integration
and
its
own
role
in
adjudicating
resource
allocation
vice
operational
requirements.
The
Joint
Chiefs
created
a
structure
to
go
through
the
motions
of
strategy
development89
but
this
represented
more
of
a
political
forum
for
internecine
battle
and
budgetary
bargaining
than
a
unified
vision
of
to
how
address
the
Soviet
Union
as
a
rising
challenger.90
Various
luminary
committees
addressed
pieces
of
the
nuclear
problem,
but
produced
more
controversy
than
consensus.
The
one
civilian
led
effort
at
integrated
assessment,
long-range
planning,
and
strategy
articulation
NSC
68
was
first
sidelined
as
too
ambitious,
then
in
less
than
six
months,
with
the
outbreak
of
war
in
Korea,
superseded
as
insufficient.91
As
the
nuclear
era
evolved
into
second-generation
technology
jet
bombers,
hydrogen
bombs,
ballistic
missiles,
SAMs,
and
tactical
nuclear
warheads
--
it
brought
89 90
Poole, The Evolution of the Joint Strategic Planning System, 1947-1989, op cit. Through the Korean War, the JCS stressed emergency war planning, although efforts were made to institutionalize mid- and long-range planning as well. In the summer of 1952, the Joint Chiefs authorized creation of a new family of war plans: the Joint Strategic Capabilities Plan (JSCP) designed to govern the wartime operations of US forces-in-being during the current fiscal year; the Joint Strategic Objectives Plan (JSOP) which established force and mobilization requirements for the next three to five years or longer as a guide to research and development. These plans were supposed to be completed annually, but the two were often delayed by interservice debates and appeared somewhat more irregularly. In the 1950s, the JSOP became increasingly a wish list rather than a realistic estimate of requirements. Nevertheless these three efforts provided a permanent structure for organizing strategic planning into the 1970s. The JSCP and the operational plans it guided, including the SAC Emergency War Plan, were generally prepared on an annual basis. They fostered a process of intensive interservice debate and analysis which, in the absence of real global conflict, served as a kind of a surrogate war for generating and testing forces concepts. Each new planning effort built on the tradeoffs and compromises endorsed by the preceding war, thereby creating a dynamic which tended to discourage radical changes. David Alan Rosenberg, The Origins of Overkill: Nuclear Weapons and American Strategy, 1945- 1960, International Security, vol. 7, no. 4 (Spring 1983): pp. 25-26. 91 NSC-68: Forging the Strategy of Containment: with Analyses by Paul H. Nitze, edited by S. Nelson Drew, (Washington, DC: National Defense University, 1994); American Cold War Strategy: Interpreting NSC 68, edited by Ernest R. May, (Boston, MA: Beford Books of St. Martins Press, 1993); Samuel F. Wells, Sounding the Tocsin: NSC 68 and the Soviet Threat, (monograph; Washington, DC: International Security Studies Program, Wilson Center, 1979).
22
with
it
increased
appreciation
of
the
need
for
netting
of
a
much
more
complex
balance:
the
interaction
of
very
asymmetric
offense
and
defense
weaponry;
the
gray
area
overlap
of
nuclear
and
conventional
forces
represented
by
dual
capable
systems;
and
the
potential
of
damage
limiting
counter-force
preemption
versus
apocalyptic
counter-value
targeting.
Thus,
in
the
late
stages
of
the
Truman
Administration,
with
the
Korean
War
dragging
on
and
with
growing
concern
of
Soviet
military
buildup,
including
their
development
of
atomic
weapons,
the
National
Security
Council
sought
a
comparative
analysis
of
the
emerging
offensive
threat
relative
to
American
defenses.
On
31
August
1951
the
NSC
directed
that:
the
Director
of
Central
Intelligence
prepare,
in
collaboration
with
the
Interdepartmental
Committee
on
Internal
Security
(ICIS),
the
Interdepartmental
Intelligence
Conference
(IIC),
and
the
Joint
Chiefs
of
Staff
(JCS),
a
summary
evaluation
of
the
net
capability
of
the
USSR
to
injure
the
Continental
United
States,
as
of
mid-1952.92
The
title
of
the
NSC
Directive
clearly
indicated
its
need:
A
Project
to
Provide
a
More
Adequate
Basis
for
Planning
for
the
Security
of
the
United
States.93
The
intelligence
side
of
the
studies
were
completed
in
October
of
1951
and
distributed
but
the
JCS
report
was
not
finished
until
1952,
and
because
of
the
sensitive
nature
of
the
JCS
study,
it
was
not
distributed
outside
the
JCS
organization
and
members
of
the
working
group
which
drafted
the
summary
evaluation
were
briefed
orally
on
its
contents.94
While
there
was
recognition
that
the
summary
evaluation
represents
a
step
forward
in
planning
for
the
security
of
the
United
States
and
it
was
hailed
as
an
an
example
of
the
caliber
of
work
currently
to
be
expected,
it
was
also
criticized
as
a
study
that
falls
far
short
of
supplying
the
estimates
essential
to
security
planning95
92
Walter B. Smith, Memorandum From Director of Central Intelligence to the Executive Secretary of the National Security Council (Lay), (14 October 1952), Foreign Relations of the United States, 1950- 1955 The Intelligence Community, 1950-1955, Document 131, pp. 341-350. 93 Ibid, Tab A. 94 The IAC study was published on October 23, 1951 as Special Estimate 14, Soviet Capabilities for 3 a Military Attack on the United States before July 1952. The IIC study dated October 10, 1951, and the ICIS study of May 15, 1952 Ibid. 95 These shortfalls included the following critiques: An evaluation of the USSR's capability to injure the United States should contain a plain statement of the estimated percentage of reduction in US capabilities likely to result from Soviet attack; specifically, percentage reduction in the fields of: US military strength in being,
23
in
several
important
areas.96
There
were
also
identified
structural
problems
--
three
primary
reasons
why
--
the
work
failed
to
meet
the
NSC
requirement:
We
lack
knowledge
of
Soviet
plans
and
intentions
and
our
knowledge
of
Soviet
capabilities
cannot
be
considered
complete.
The
basic
underlying
studies
required
to
produce
the
statement
mentioned
in
paragraph
3-a
do
not
exist.
There
is
at
present
no
machinery
to
plan,
guide,
coordinate
and
produce
an
appraisal
or
estimate
based
on
the
integration
of
national
intelligence
with
military,
political
and
economic
operational
data
dealing
with
our
own
capabilities.97
Senior
Staff
recommendations
from
the
NSC
and
CIA98
to
correct
these
deficiencies
and
continue
the
effort
me
met
serious
opposition
by
the
JCS
who
just
submitted
to
the
Secretary
of
Defense
a
lengthy
memorandum
on
the
subject
arguing
that
no
additional
machinery
is
needed
to
produce
Commander's
Estimates,
the
JCS
being
the
agency
responsible
for
and
capable
of
producing
such
estimates.99
This
sparked
a
serious
debate
on
the
very
nature
of
how
red
and
blue
information
is
aggregated,
assessed,
and
converted
into
the
kind
of
input
necessary
for
long-term
strategy
development.
In
the
subsequent
NSC
debate
on
this
issue,
President
Truman
pushed
General
Smith,
Director
of
the
CIA,
to
address
the
JCS
complaint
and
make
the
case
for
a
net
approach:
The
Joint
Chiefs,
said
General
Smith,
do
not
believe
that
the
production
of
such
estimates
requires
the
creation
of
any
new
machinery.
With
this
view
General
atomic
counterattack
capability,
industrial
production,
and
ability
to
produce
new
weapons
of
critical
importance.
To
provide
guidance
in
current
planning
for
US
security,
evaluations
on
this
subject
should
be
projected
into
the
future
and
contain
an
estimate
of
prospective
developments
in
USSR's
offensive
capabilities.
A
more
adequate
and
realistic
evaluation
would
cover
the
probable
Soviet
capabilities
to
injure
US
facilities
and
strengths
in
all
parts
of
the
world,
and
not
merely
the
capability
of
USSR
to
injure
the
Continental
United
States.
Such
an
evaluation
should
include
some
estimate
of
Soviet
intentions
in
the
light
of
net
capabilities.
Ibid.
96
Ibid.
97
Ibid.
98
Enclosure
A:
Senior
Staff
Recommendations
for
NSC
Action,
to
Robert
Amory,
Jr.,
Memorandum
From
the
Acting
Deputy
Director
for
Intelligence
of
the
Central
Intelligence
Agency
to
Director
of
Central
Intelligence
Smith,
(25
November
1952),
Foreign
Relations
of
the
United
States,
1950- 1955
The
Intelligence
Community,
1950-1955,
Document
137,
pp.
366-368.
99
Amory,
Memorandum
From
the
Acting
Deputy
Director
for
Intelligence
of
the
Central
Intelligence
Agency
to
Director
of
Central
Intelligence
Smith,
ibid.
24
Smith said he could not agree, but added that if the present evaluation actually met all the requirements of the President and the Council there was, of course, nothing more to be done. General Smith then noted that the Joint Chiefs of Staff did not believe that the Director of Central Intelligence was the appropriate official to prepare Commander's Estimates. With this view General Smith found himself in agreement, but he went on to say that he did not think that the Joint Chiefs of Staff were, themselves, the appropriate body to prepare the kind of estimate which the President and the Council required. The data which must be amassed to provide the kind of report that was required would by no means be purely military data. Those agencies of the Government which were concerned with passive defense, civilian defense, sabotage and the like, were also directly or indirectly involved in the preparation of such estimates. Plainly, he continued, the problem was too large and too complicated for any one Government agency to solve by itself. It seemed obvious to General Smith that the National Security Council alone was the proper agency to guide and coordinate such studies. Obviously it could not do this directly, but it could do so by calling on the instrumentalities available to it. With all deference to the Joint Chiefs of Staff, concluded General Smith, the problem which concerned the Council transcends the purely military sphere, although General Smith conceded that it might well be possible, as suggested by the Joint Chiefs of Staff, to have that body monitor such a study provided the National Security Council was assured that the Joint Chiefs of Staff would make use, in its preparation, of the resources of all the Government agencies which were required.100
While
others
chimed
in,
at
the
Presidents
request,
it
was
General
Omar
Bradley,
JCS
Chairman,
who
explained
the
service
position:
General
Bradley
stated
that
he
did
not
differ
fundamentally
with
the
views
expressed
by
General
Smith.
On
the
whole
he
was
inclined
to
believe
that
the
NSC
Staff
was
the
group
best
fitted
to
undertake
studies
such
as
these
in
the
future.
No
single
agency
could
do
such
studies
and
no
single
agency
should
try.
As
to
the
furnishing
of
information
on
United
States
capabilities
and
possible
courses
of
action
in
the
military
field,
General
Bradley
emphasized
that
the
Joint
Chiefs
were
wholly
in
favor
of
the
need
to
know
rule
on
sensitive
material.
Within
this
reservation,
however,
the
Chiefs
were
prepared
to
reveal
whatever
was
necessary
for
the
preparation
of
such
studies.
In
point
of
fact,
there
were
too
many
people
who
were
curious
about
our
war
plans
and
had
no
legitimate
interest
in
them.
General
Bradley
promised
that
the
Joint
Chiefs
would
do
anything
in
their
power
in
order
to
achieve
the
kind
of
estimate
needed,
but
would
only
monitor
the
effort
as
a
last
resort.101
100
Memorandum for President Truman of Discussion at the 126th Meeting of the National Security Council, (26 November 1952), Foreign Relations of the United States, 1950-1955 The Intelligence Community, 1950-1955, Document 138, pp. 369-374. 101 Ibid.
25
have been easy and expected if the issue had been allowed to slide forward to the next watch, but Truman felt strongly enough about the issue that one of the last acts of his White House tenure was to set up an ad hoc Special Evaluation Subcommittee102 to provide the future President and his senior leadership with a comparative assessment of the relative nuclear balance between the US and the Soviet Union.103 It is in this context that the origins of net assessment within the United States government can be traced to the administration of President Dwight D. Eisenhower.104 As an experienced practitioner of old-school theater campaigning and the first Commander-in-Chief facing the imminent vulnerability of American civilization, Eisenhower realized that nuclear war was too important to be left to traditional planning.105 Intercontinental delivery systems and multi-megaton warheads brought the prospect of decisive surprise attack to the forefront of security demands for immediate decision-making where there would be no time for consideration of unexplored and unprepared options:
102
On August 30, 1951, the Council directed that the Director of Central Intelligence, in collaboration with the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS), the Interdepartmental Committee on Internal Security (ICIS), and the Interdepartmental Intelligence Conference (IIC), prepare a summary evaluation, covering 4 Soviet net capability against the continental United States as of mid-1952. After considerable delay and difficulty, such an evaluation was submitted to the Council on October 14, 1952, with an accompanying memorandum by the then Director pointing out shortcomings of the report and recommending that he, DCI, be directed to examine into the creation of new and better machinery to integrate operational data 5 with intelligence in this field. On November 25, 1952, the Secretary of Defense forwarded to the Council 6 the views of the JCS on the question, and there ensued negotiations in which JCS, CIA, ICIS, and IIC participated and which eventuated in the directive set forth as NSC 140, approved by the President on January 19, 1953. Preparation of Coordinated Evaluation of the Net Capabilities of the USSR to Inflict direct Injury on the United States, (25 March 1954), paper prepared in the Central Intelligence Agency, Foreign Relations of the United States, 1950-1955 The Intelligence Community, 1950-1955, Document 173, pp. 481-487. 103 James S. Lay, Jr., Directive for a Special Evaluation Subcommittee, National Security Council Report no. 00312 (19 January 1953); at (Washington, DC: The Digital National Security Archive, accessed 14 March 2010). 104 Skypek, Evaluating Military Balances Through the Lens of Net Assessment, op cit: p. 10, ignores the predecessor activity in the Truman Administration and acts as if it started in the Eisenhower Presidency. I believe this is misleading on two grounds: first, it misses the Truman paternity for the Special Evaluation Subcomittee; and second, it does not give credit to Eisenhower for not aborting it. 105 For an insightful perspective, see: Douglas Kinnard, President Eisenhower and Strategy Management, (Lexington, KY: University of Kentucky Press, 1977).
26
the problem of the total decision. no executive can undertake the responsibility for altering the face of our world unless he has strategic and tactical information of the highest reliability.106
With
little
or
no
time
to
make
new
plans,
the
strategic
nuclear
era
introduced
the
come
as
you
are
war,
and
total
decision
brought
with
it
with
it
the
need
for
anticipatory
crisis
management,
the
pre-consideration
of
a
wide-range
of
strike
options
and
laying
the
groundwork
for
post-war
recovery
ahead
of
time.
Rather
than
relying
on
the
joint
military
planning
system
that
he
knew
well,
Eisenhower
looked
to
a
fine
group
of
fellows
from
the
scientific
and
business
community
to
address
issue
of
revolutionary
technologically
and
long-term
competitive
posturing.107
Military
aid
Andrew
Goodpaster
described
the
Presidents
style:
He
wanted
to
get,
as
we
came
later
to
express
it,
all
of
the
responsible
people
in
the
room,
take
up
the
issue,
and
hear
their
views.
If
somebody
didnt
agree,
he
was
obliged
to
speak
his
mind
and
get
it
all
out
on
the
table
or
in
the
Oval
Office;
and
then
in
light
of
all
that,
the
President
would
come
to
a
line
of
action,
he
wanted
everybody
to
hear
it,
everybody
to
participate
in
it,
and
then
wanted
everybody
to
be
guided
by
it.108
As
Commander-in-Chief,
he
ultimately
drew
on
this
own
net
appreciation
of
the
various
inputs
for
strategy
development,
but
behind
these
considerations
were
detailed
comparative
assessments
that
served
as
the
basis
for
desiderata.
While the new Administration was at pains to differentiate themselves from their predecessors, on this issue President Eisenhowers National Security Council adopted continuity rather than change for change sake.109 Thus, as approved by Truman, the ad
106
Technological Capabilities Panel, set up by Eisenhower in July 1954 to study how science and technology might be harnessed to guard against surprise attack Killian Report observed: 107 Valerie L. Adams, Eisenhowers Fine Group of Fellows: Crafting a National Security Policy to Uphold the Great Equation, (Lanham, MD: Lexington Books, 2006). 108 General Andrew J. Goodpaster, ibid: pp. 1-2. See also: Andrew Jackson Goodpaster, The Eisenhower Administration Project, edited by Dillon Anderson, (oral history collection; New York, NY: Columbia University, 1977). 109 When General Smith's recommendations were forwarded by the Secretary of Defense to the Joint Chiefs of Staff for comment, the JCS responded by a sharply critical memorandum, dated November 7 21, 1952. There ensued negotiations, which were limited to the terms of reference and procedure for a new study, but which also gave an opportunity for General Smith to clarify his ideas to the Joint Chiefs of Staff on the overall problem. In the light of the change of administrations then in process it was finally decided to let the overall recommendation (subparagraph c. quoted above) lie over, while proceeding with a new net evaluation on the basis of an entirely novel procedure. The Net Estimates Problem,
27
hoc
Special
Evaluation
Subcommittee (SEC) operated under
the
aegis
of
the
NSC with
an interagency membership that included the Joint Chiefs of Staff, the Central Intelligence Agency, the Interdepartmental
Intelligence
Conference
(IIC)
and
the
Interdepartmental
Committee
on
Internal
Security
(ICIS).
Using
an
interagency
staff
temporarily
assigned
for
just
four
months,
the
SEC
was
located
in
the
Pentagon
and
chaired
by
a
direct
Presidential
appointee,
Lt.
General
Idwal
H.
Edwards,
USAF
(Ret.)who
was
in
fact
nominated
by
the
Joint
Chiefs
of
Staff
under
a
gentlemen's
agreement
with
General
Smith.110
The
initial
effort
was
tasked
to
evaluate
Soviet
capabilities
to
inflict
direct
injury
on
the
United
States
up
to
July
1955111
and
was
chaired
by
Lt.
General
Idwal
Edwards,112
with
representatives
from
the
above
agencies
and
a
small
but
full-time
active
military
staff.113
Studying
the
initial
phase
of
war,
or
when
it
was
assumed
the
Soviets
atomic
or
nuclear
stockpile
was
likely
to
be
unleashed,
the
Committee
utilized
reports
from
each
of
the
agencies
represented
by
its
members
and
had
full
access
to
relevant
classified
reports.114
paper prepared by the Central Intelligence Agency, (25 August 1954), Foreign Relations of the United States, 1950-1955 The Intelligence Community, 1950-1955, Document 189, pp. 523-530. 110 When General Smith's recommendations were forwarded by the Secretary of Defense to the Joint Chiefs of Staff for comment, the JCS responded by a sharply critical memorandum, dated November 7 21, 1952. There ensued negotiations, which were limited to the terms of reference and procedure for a new study, but which also gave an opportunity for General Smith to clarify his ideas to the Joint Chiefs of Staff on the overall problem. In the light of the change of administrations then in process it was finally decided to let the overall recommendation (subparagraph c. quoted above) lie over, while proceeding with a new net evaluation on the basis of an entirely novel procedure. This procedure, embodied in NSC 8 140, was approved by President Truman on January 19, 1953, and accepted by the Eisenhower Administration without change. 111 th Memorandum of Discussion at the 148 Meeting of the National Security Council, Foreign Relations of the United States: 1952-1954, vol. 2, (no date): p. 369. 112 Lt. General Idwal Edwards post-war career had included commanding general of the U.S. Air Forces in Europe from March 1946 to August 1947. He then served Deputy Chief of Staff, Personnel and subsequently Deputy Chief of Staff, Operations, Air Force headquarters in Washington, D.C., until 1951, when he was appointed Commandant of the Air University at Maxwell Air Force Base, Ala., where he remained until he retired from active duty Feb. 23, 1953. Lieutenant General Idwal H. Edwards, US Air Force Biographies, (no date) at < http://www.af.mil/information/bios/bio.asp?bioID=5329> [accessed 7 May 2010]. 113 In addition to Edwards, other interagency representatives included: Lt. Gen. Harold Bull (CIA); W. Barrett McDonnell (ICIS; Maj. Gen. Robert Webster (JCS); Lish Whiston (IIC). Lt. General Idwal Edwards, Memorandum by the Chairman of the Special Evaluation Subcommittee of the NSC to Lay, Foreign Relations of the United States: 1952-1954, vol. 2, (15 May 1953): pp. 329-330. 114 Adams, Eisenhowers Fine Group of Fellows, op cit: pp. 89-90.
28
The
Edwards
committee
reported
its
conclusions
to
the
NSC
on
18
May
1953
with
considerable
emphasis
on
the
danger
of
surprise
attack
and
warning
that
deployment
of
multi-megaton
thermonuclear
weapons
in
the
Soviet
arsenal
would
dramatically
change
the
military
balance.115
Although
there
was
a
significant
difference
of
opinion
between
them
and
the
President
on
actual
Soviet
bomber
pilot
ability
to
navigate
intercontinental
missions
--
and
the
Chairman
was
called
back
again
on
4
June
to
continued
to
debate
the
implications
of
deficiencies
in
US
continental
defenses
that
made
the
surprise
appear
more
effective.116
The
Edwards
Subcommittee
received
high
praise
for
the
quality
and
thoughtfulness
of
its
analysis.
It
differed
from
earlier
attempts:
in
that
(1)
it
was
projected
for
two
years
into
the
future,
through
mid-1955;
(2)
in
addition
to
the
continental
United
States,
defined
key
installations
overseas
were
considered;
(3)
instead
of
using
maximum
estimates
of
Soviet
strength,
as
had
been
substantially
done
before,
the
evaluation
used
a
probable
estimate
level
in
this
regard,
and
assumed
a
Soviet
strategy
regarded
as
being
consistent
with
these
estimated
capabilities.117
The
results
of
the
Special
Evaluation
Subcommittee
were
shared
with
other
high
level
study
efforts
which
added
to
the
usefulness
of
the
Edwards
Report.118
The
results
of
the
ad
hoc
committee
raised
issues
serious
enough
for
President
Eisenhower
to
commission
a
separate
Continental
Defense
Committee
headed
by
Special
Evaluation
Subcommittee
member
and
its
CIA
representative
Lt.
Gen.
Harold
Bull.
As
part
of
his
study,
the
general
requested
the
views
of
various
NSC
members
on
the
desirability
of
institutionalizing
the
kind
of
work
done
by
the
first
ad
hoc
Special
Evaluation
Subcommittee.
With
the
added
advantage
of
seeing
the
results
of
the
Edwards
Subcommittee,
the
new
CIA
Director,
Alan
W.
Dulles,
responded
with
thoughtful
insight,
that
is
worth
recording
at
length:
In
response
to
your
request
of
June
15,
for
the
views
of
this
Agency
on
organizational
arrangements
to
provide
the
best
possible
continuing
production
of
Net
Capability
Estimates,
the
following
thoughts
are
submitted:
115
Gregory Mitrovich, Undermining the Kremlin: Americas Strategy to Subvert the Soviet Bloc, 1947-1956, (Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 2000): p. 156. 116 th Memorandum of Discussion at the 149 Meeting of the National Security Council, Foreign Relations of the United States: 1952-1954, vol. 2, (11 June 1953): pp. 370-371. 117 Preparation of Coordinated Evaluation of the Net Capabilities of the USSR to Inflict direct Injury on the United States, (25 March 1954), op cit. 118 Ibid.
29
There is no need to argue the necessity for reliable estimates of net capabilities as the basis for national policy formulation. These can only be prepared by careful integration of gross-capability intelligence of the enemy with our capabilities and plans, so that the net result of the interplay may be forecast as accurately as possible. This need is not confined to the problem of defense of North America but is equally inescapable for planning US requirements and commitments in any part of the globe. The President and the NSC in practice and pursuant to statutory authority depend on the Director of Central Intelligence, representing the coordinated views of the Intelligence Agencies, for foreign intelligence estimates, and on the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, speaking as their representative, for military advice. Thus what is required to furnish the President and Council with guidance in the most useful and complete form is the effective amalgamation of the functions of the two. Responsibility for such combined analysis cannot rightly be assigned to one of these advisers to the exclusion of the other, for both are coordinate staff officers serving the same commander. Each must consider the factors developed by the other in order to eliminate reliance on arbitrary assumptions and produce valid and realistic forecasts. It is my view, therefore, that the President and Council should establish a permanent subcommittee on Net Capability Estimates to be composed of: The Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff; The Director of Central Intelligence and that this subcommittee be charged with providing, on its initiative or as requested by the Council, estimates of net capabilities as needed to support the formulation of national policy. The manner in which this subcommittee would discharge its function should be left flexible and might very well differ substantially according to the nature of the estimate undertaken. It should have authority to secure support and information from all executive branches of the government and should be required to consult with such agencies and interdepartmental committees as may be able to contribute significantly to any estimate. The subcommittee should take such action as may be necessary to preserve the security of highly sensitive information such as U.S. war plans and intelligence sources.119
The
Bull
led
Continental
Defense
Committee
issued
a
prescient
80
page
report
in
July
and
on
12
August
the
Soviets
detonated
their
first
hydrogen
bomb.120
As
a
result
of
the
Edwards
Subcommittee
work,
interagency
participants
and
Personnel
and
Facilities.
If
it
is
accepted
that
a
tightly-knit
operating
group
is
the
appropriate
method
of
operation,
questions
of
personnel
and
facilities
119
Allen W. Dulles, Letter From Director of Central Intelligence Dulles to the Chairman of the Continental Defense Committee (Bull), (30 June 1953), Foreign Relations of the United States, 1950- 1955 The Intelligence Community, 1950-1955, Document 150, pp. 428-429. 120 Adams, Eisenhowers Fine Group of Fellows, op cit: pp. 90-107.
30
become important. In the case of the Edwards Subcommittee, these were handled by the furnishing of facilities in the JCS area of the Department of Defense and by the furnishing of secretarial and other personnel by the JCS and CIA. It is believed that these arrangements were satisfactory, and that they could be repeated without strain on the contributing agencies. Target Date. Since national policy in the field of continental defense is now laid down comprehensively in NSC 5408,13 with programs extended for some years into the future, it appears unlikely that there will be a major overhauling of this policy during 1954, barring drastic changes in the intelligence picture of Soviet capabilities or intentions. The Edwards Subcommittee completed its work in four months, but found that this was too short a period in which to go into all of the important aspects.121 To allow six months or more for a new evaluation would throw the completion after 1 October 1954, and would eliminate its usefulness as a supporting element for work on the FY 1956 budget. However, this disadvantage appears outweighed [by above argument] Scope. The Edwards Report considered not only the continental United States but also key US installations outside the US, considered in terms of the usefulness of such installations to US counteroffensive action. There was some difficulty about the definition of such overseas installations, leading to a misunderstanding affecting the JCS submission. Apart from avoiding a repetition of this, the scope of the Edwards Report appeared workable. Projection. The Edwards Report projected its conclusions forward for two years, and General Edwards recommended that future studies adopt a projection period not greater than this. For planning purposes it would be desirable to have a longer projection period, since many policy decisions cannot bear fruit for three or more years. However, from a working standpoint, it would be extremely difficult to get a firm enough picture of either Soviet or US capabilities, in order to do the war-gaming exercise. The Planning Board should consider whether the policy considerations should outweigh working difficulties and limitations.122
The combined weight of these lessons argued for converting the ad hoc nature of the Edwards Subcommittee example into a more permanent process.
121
The Edwards Subcommittee had particular difficulty with the question of Soviet strategy in the event of war, whether the Soviets would allocate the bulk of their stockpile to the US or a large part of it against non-US targets. A successor group may find it desirable to submit this question to thorough intelligence consideration, based on the material on capabilities and damage developed by the group. This question was referred to by General Edwards in a personal memorandum to the Executive Secretary, NSC, 14 dated 19 May 1953. General Edwards also referred to the desirability of covering the extent of strategic warning that might be expected, of a vulnerability study, and of a psychological study of the effects on the people of the US of assumed levels of atomic attacks. In view of the complexity of these problems, it appears highly desirable that the new study be allowed at least six months, and if possible longer, for completion. Dulles, Letter From Director of Central Intelligence Dulles to the Chairman of the Continental Defense Committee (Bull), op cit. 122 Ibid.
31
combined
to
demonstrate
not
only
that
traditional
Commanders
estimates
were
inadequate
but
that
there
was
an
alternative
method.
Importance
of
the
Net
Evaluation
In
view
of
the
usefulness
of
the
Edwards
Report
and
the
subsequent
recommendations
of
the
Bull
and
Jackson
Committees,
the
importance
and
desirability
of
continuing
net
evaluations
of
Soviet
capability
to
injure
the
United
States
may
be
regarded
as
established.
For
purposes
of
Council
consideration
of
problems
relating
to
continental
defense
or
the
defense
of
US
installations
overseas,
it
is
meaningless
to
have
gross
estimates
of
Soviet
nuclear
capabilities,
air
strength,
etc.,
unless
these
are
merged
with
existing
US
and
Allied
defensive
capabilities
so
as
to
produce
an
evaluation
of
the
net
Soviet
capability,
present
and
prospective.
Organizational
Problems.
Method
of
Operation.
Experience
with
the
1951 52
project
demonstrated
emphatically
that
it
was
not
satisfactory
to
conduct
a
net
evaluation
on
the
basis
of
one-shot
contributions
by
several
agencies,
melded
by
one
agency
or
by
a
group.
The
Edwards
Subcommittee
operated
on
the
basis
of
continuing
exchange
of
material
by
a
tightly-knit
operating
group
producing
in
effect
successive
approximations
leading
to
a
final
refined
product.
Wherever
the
responsibility
may
be
placed,
and
on
whatever
basis
agencies
participate,
this
method
of
operation
is
essential.
Moreover,
this
method
of
operation
can
also
be
employedas
it
was
by
the
Edwards
group to
minimize
the
security
problem
involved
in
the
handling
of
sensitive
information
that
must
be
supplied
particularly
by
JCS,
CIA,
and
FBI.123
Thus, the ad hoc group was not disbanded but continued in limbo while interagency debate shifted from what and how to whom? As the JSC and CIA debated organizational structure and prerogatives124 it became obvious that the addition of the word net was neither accidental nor unimportant.
123 124
Ibid. Memorandum for the Record: Meeting in Office of Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff on Tuesday, 4 May 1954, with Admiral Radford (Mr. Amory, and General Bull were present with the DCI and Rear Admiral Layton, General Porter, and two other officers were also present), (4 May 1954), Foreign Relations of the United States, 1950-1955 The Intelligence Community, 1950-1955, Document 176, pp. 493-494. Mr. Dulles explained that there was a dual responsibility shared equally by the Director of CIA and the JCS for advising the NSC on the intelligence and operational features respectively of an appraisal of the net capabilities of the USSR to inflict direct injury on the US. He noted that other agencies would have responsibility also but only in limited areas requiring only part time participation to the extent necessary to insure that their responsibilities are fully met but not to the extent requiring a disclosure of war plans, or the extensive use of other highly secret documents. He emphasized also that CIA participation would be on a very limited high level basis, and that the few CIA representatives involved would be professional men who could be trusted to protect all information made available to them. He did not expect that revelation of war plans as such would be found necessary but that operational information would be required. He pointed out that he could not carry out his full responsibility as DCI
32
Admiral
Radford
and
others
infer
that
all
they
need
is
the
normal
estimate
of
gross
capabilities
which
they
in
the
Defense
Department
can
then
use
in
working
out
the
net
capabilities.
This
view
is
not
only
an
oversimplification
of
the
problem
but
it
puts
the
Director
in
the
position
of
abdicating
his
responsibilities
for
estimating
for
The
Commander
the
Bloc's
probable
intentions
and
probable
courses
of
action.
This
the
Director
cannot
do
in
a
satisfactory
and
useful
manner
in
a
vacuum,
excluded
from
knowledge
of
our
own
deployments
and
our
own
capabilities.
If
the
Director's
estimates
are
done
in
this
manner
he
is
asked
to
estimate
the
thinking
of
the
Kremlin
leaders
which
is
based
on
their
intelligence
of
our
capabilities
which
they
most
certainly
know
in
great
detail,
whereas
the
Director
in
his
estimate
is
permitted
to
have
no
such
comparable
knowledge.
The
Director's
knowledge
of
US
and
allied
capabilities
and
dispositions
must
be
at
least
comparable
to
the
intelligence
possessed
by
the
Kremlin
leadership.
To
think,
as
I
believe
Admiral
Radford
and
the
military
in
general
do,
that
the
Commander's
estimate
is
made
by
G3
after
receiving
a
G2
contribution
overlooks
the
sound
procedures
which
govern
all
good
staff
operations
in
the
G2/G3
field.
No
G2
makes
his
estimates
of
enemy
capabilities,
probable
courses
of
action,
or
probable
intentions
or
advises
his
Commander
in
an
operational
vacuum.
By
the
closest
hour
by
hour
contact
and
joint
daily
or
more
frequent
briefings,
he
is
always
able
to
make
his
estimate
of
probable
hostile
courses
of
action
based
on
not
only
the
enemys
new
capabilities
in
manpower,
weapons,
organization,
training,
leadership,
dispositions,
etc.
but
also
from
his
estimate
of
what
the
enemy
probably
knows
concerning
our
own
strengths,
dispositions
and
intentions.
The
Director
as
our
National
G2
should
have
the
same
rights
and
duties
as
any
G2
in
the
lower
echelons
has.
Otherwise
he
cannot
fulfill
his
legal
responsibilities.
Although
I
recognize
that
a
case
can
be
made
that
the
national
level
presents
different
problems
with
a
justified
restriction
on
revelation
of
war
plans,
certain
planned
courses
of
action,
certain
dispositions,
weapons
development,
etc.
should
be
made
available
to
DCI
and
IAC
on
a
very
strict
need-to-know
without
such
knowledge
of
our
own
capabilities.
Admiral
Radford
replied
that
he
frankly
didn't
understand
why
there
was
any
necessity
for
this
high
level
organization
to
make
a
commanders
estimate.
He
felt
that
if
CIA
made
its
coordinated
intelligence
estimate,
the
JCS
and
the
Defense
Department
were,
with
this
estimate
available,
competent
to
do
the
rest
of
the
evaluation
for
the
NSC
and
the
President,
based
on
their
own
knowledge
of
and
responsibility
for
operational
matters
and
war
plans.
He
saw
no
need
for
setting
up
another
coordinating
agency.
He
didn't
see
this
need
as
recently
carried
out
in
the
Continental
Defense
field.
General
Bull
pointed
out
that
a
single
intelligence
estimate
of
gross
capabilities
was
not
the
final
word
on
intelligencethat
it
was
necessary
to
work
by
phases
in
a
process
of
comparing
gross
intelligence
estimates
with
our
operational
capabilities.
This
procedure
would
result
in
new
intelligence
estimates
based
on
a
knowledge
of
our
own
strengths
and
dispositions
such
as
the
Kremlin
is
believed
to
have
to
guide
its
decisions.
This
knowledge
is
not
now
available
to
our
own
national
intelligence
agency.
Such
a
procedure
for
comparing
capabilities
on
both
sides,
we
believe,
is
essential
and
is
a
shared
responsibility
of
DCI
and
Defense.
In
response
to
Admiral
Radford's
expressed
desire
to
give
it
more
thought,
the
Director,
in
leaving,
stated
he
would
be
pleased
to
discuss
the
problem
further
and
felt
sure
they
could
work
it
out.
33
basis, I believe a clear definition of intelligence requirements in the operational field could be worked out jointly and I doubt that a knowledge of detailed war plans would be necessary. In general, DCI should get only operational information which it is reasonable to expect the enemy to have in whole or in part. We have no present mechanism to meet our minimum needs. We are blocked by self imposed departmental restrictions or ground rules which severely limit our intelligence investigation of our own force a handicap not imposed on our enemies.125
By 23 June 1954126 the basis of compromise had been reached the ad hoc approach became institutionalized with the same remit and structure albeit a new title: Net Capabilities Evaluation Subcommittee.127 The focus remained on directed the preparation of a report assessing the net capabilities of the USSR, in the event of general war, to inflict direct injury upon the continental United States and key U.S. installations overseas.128 The actual work was still to be done at the Pentagon employing assigned interagency temporary staff129 integrating inputs from a broad array of sources under the direction of a retired three-star general officer chosen by the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and the Director of Central Intelligence.130 The process was to be supervised by the interagency Subcommittee consisting of expanded representation from relevant
125
H.R. Bull, Memorandum From the Chairman of the Continental Defense Committee (Bull) to Director of Central Intelligence Dulles, (5 May 1954), Foreign Relations of the United States, 1950- 1955 The Intelligence Community, 1950-1955, Document 177, pp. 495-496. 126 NSC 5423: National Security Council Directive for a Net Capabilities Evaluation Subcommittee, (23 June 1954), Foreign Relations of the United States, 1950-1955 The Intelligence Community, 1950- 1955, Document 182, pp. 505-507. 127 S. Everett Gleason, Directive for a A Net Evaluation Subcommittee, National Security Council Report no. 00413 (23 June 1954); at (Washington, DC: The Digital National Security Archive, accessed 14 March 2010). 128 NSC 5423: National Security Council Directive for a Net Capabilities Evaluation Subcommittee, op cit. This net capabilities report will cover the period through July 1, 1957 and should be submitted to the Council on or before November 1, 1954. It will cover all types of attack, direct or clandestine, and will deal primarily with the initial phases of war, i.e., the period during which all or most of the Soviet stockpile of nuclear weapons might be expended. It will include consideration of the several courses of action which the USSR is capable of executing and in support of which the Soviet nuclear weapons stockpile might be expended. In determining the net effect of an attack, the report will take into account the mid-1957 status of presently approved defense programs. 129 The Subcommittee will have a temporary staff, composed of individuals assigned by the participating agencies. It is expected that members of this staff will be assigned to this project as their primary duty during the period of preparation of the net capabilities report. Ibid. 130 Ibid.
34
departments131
but
the
most
notable
innovation
was
the
naming
of
the
Chairman
of
the
Joint
Chiefs
as
the
titular
head
of
the
Subcommittee
a
compromise
that
allowed
the
JCS
to
retain
their
primus
inter
paris
dignity
while
bringing
in
the
external
data
and
expertise
necessary
to
make
it
a
net
evaluation.132
The
CIA
had
been
particular
frustrated
in
producing
meaningful
reports
about
the
threat
posed
by
potential
enemies
without
having
the
data
and
insight
into
the
strengths
and
weakness
of
friendly
forces.
In
addition
to
the
strategic
threat
of
intercontinental
attack,
this
issue
had
been
particular
problematic
in
the
theater
context
of
NATOs
fledgling
efforts
where
US
forces
remained
in
the
minority.
experience
has
subsequently
highlighted
the
vacuity
of
estimates
prepared
without
clear
knowledge
of
our
own
capabilities.
With
respect
to
Soviet
Bloc
capabilities
to
attack
Western
Europe,
all
estimates
through
1950
had
been
able
to
proceed
on
the
assumption
of
virtually
no
Western
opposition.
From
1951
onward,
this
assumption
became
increasingly
less
valid,
and
in
the
preparation
of
the
estimates
there
were
prolonged
discussions
leading
finally
to
the
use
of
a
fairly
meaningless
formula
that
the
Soviet
Bloc
could
launch
a
lot
of
campaigns,
including
a
full-scale
offensive
in
Western
Europe.
Whether
any
meaningful
answer
could
have
been
provided
in
Washington
without
duplicating
the
activities
of
SHAPE
is
doubtful,
but
the
fact
is
that
no
machinery
existed
even
for
getting
and
incorporating
(with
proper
credit)
the
current
conclusions
of
SHAPE.
As
they
finally
stood
the
estimates
were
certainly
not
helpful
to
anyone
on
this
point.133
While the focus of the 1950s evaluations were on intercontinental attack, the challenge of placing the US-USSR long-term competition in the context of a war in Europe and the need to consider allied capabilities was a perennial concern that would go on for decades.
131
In addition to the JCS and CIA, these included: The Chairman of the Interdepartmental Intelligence Conference and the Chairman of the Interdepartmental Committee on Internal Security for matters relating to internal security; b. The Director, Office of Defense Mobilization, for matters relating to continuity of government, sufficiency and continuity of industry, and urban vulnerability; c. The Federal Civil Defense Administrator for matters relating to civil defense; and d. The Chairman, Atomic Energy Commission, for matters relating to Atomic Energy Commission activities. 132 For an extremely interesting appraisal of the net issues, see: The Net Estimates Problem, op cit. The CIA had been challenged to address this issue since the fall of 1950 to meet this problem, in three contexts: (1) National Intelligence Estimates handled through regular machinery; (2) specific net estimates or net evaluations handled by special machinery; (3) the Watch Committee, handling intelligence from the warning standpoint. 133 Ibid.
35
36
time by me.134
In a footnote to the Directive, the President explicitly addressed the JCS hot button issue in stating that access included Information such as that relating to war plans, new weapons and equipment, techniques and tactics for their employment, the vulnerability of U.S. defenses, and domestic and foreign intelligence sources and methods. The Eisenhower Directive not only institutionalized the process, but created a long-lasting precedent in terms of how a national net assessment should be organized. The initial NES assigned professional staff consisted of two Army Colonels, a Navy Captain, an Air Force Colonel, a Marine Colonel, a Phd. CIA officer, at least one other civilian (probably FBI)135 and a number of supporting staff.136 By 1958 an all new staff had rotated into the NES and the mix was two Army Colonels, two Navy Captains, two Air Force Colonels, one Marine Colonel and one CIA Phd.137 Five years later, the staff had doubled to sixteen: three Army Colonels, four Navy Captains, three Air Force Colonels, one Marine Colonel, four CIA and one State Department civilian.138 The Director was a three-star retired general officer, backed up by a two-star Deputy Director, a brass heavy pattern that reflected Presidential importance and continued throughout the life of the NES:
134
Dwight D. Eisenhower, National Security Council Directive NSC 5511: Directive on a Net Evaluation Subcommittee, (14 February 1955), Foreign Relations of the United States, 1950-1955 The Intelligence Community, 1950-1955, Document 207, pp. 599-601. This Directive was the subject of discussion at the subsequent NSC meeting on 17 February 1955. Memorandum of Discussion at the 237th Meeting of the National Security Council, Washington, February 17, 1955, Foreign Relations of the United States, Foreign Relations of the United States, 19551957 Volume VI, American Republics: Multilateral; Mexico; Caribbean, Document 2, pp. 2-5. 135 At this time J. Edgar Hoover, FBI Director, was Chairman of the IIC and thus had a statutory position on the Subcommittee, had an interest in the work of the Subcommittee. 136 The make up of the Net Evaluation Subcommittee senior professional is taken from: National Security Council meeting agenda and attendance, Eisenhower Archives, (27 October 1955), at < http://www.eisenhower.archives.gov/research/digital_documents/Appt_Books_Pres/1955/October%201 955.pdf > [accessed 20 July 2010]. 137 th Discussion at the 387 Meeting of the National Security Council, (20 November 1958) is available at the Dwight D. Eisenhower Library, (Eisenhower Papers, 1953-1961, Ann Whitman file). 138
37
Lt. General Harold L. George, (USAF retired): 1955-1956;139 Lt. General, Gerald C. Thomas, (USMC retired): 1956-1958;140 Lt. General Thomas F. Hickey, (US Army retired): 1958-1961;141 and Lt. General Leon W. Johnson, (USAF retired): 1961-1963.142
Over the eight years of the Eisenhower Administration, the Subcommittee produced at least one report a year,143 and had no less than 37 Presidential level meetings.144
139
Lieutenant General Harold L. George, US Air Force Biographies, (no date) at < http://www.af.mil/information/bios/bio.asp?bioID=5516 > [accessed 20 July 2010]. After the war he served for a while as director of information for the Air Force and as senior Air Force representative of the military staff of the United Nations. He retired from active duty Dec. 31, 1946, with rank of lieutenant general dating back to March 1945. In 1955 Harold George was recalled to active duty for eight months as special consultant to the Air Force Chief of Staff and relieved from active duty Nov. 4. 140 Allan Reed Millett, In Many a Strife: General Gerald C. Thomas and the US Marine Corps, 1917- 1956, (Anapolis, MD, Naval Institute Press, 1993): pp. 346, 433. 141 Thomas Francis Hickey (General), Wikipedia, (18 February 2010), at < http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thomas_Francis_Hickey_(general) > [accessed 27 Feb. 2010]. See also: Norman A. Graebner, The National Security: Its Theory and Practice, 1945-1960, (1986): p. 192; and History of the Office of the Secretary of Defense, Volume 5, (Washington, DC: US Department of Defense Historical Office, 1984): p. 316. 142 General Leon W. Johnson, Arlington National Cemetery Website, (20 October 2008), at < http://www.arlingtoncemetery.net/lwjohnsn.htm > [accessed 15 Jan. 2010], retired July 31, 1961. 143 NSC 5423 - Directive for Net Capabilities Evaluation Subcommittee, in Box 11, White House Office, Office of the Special Assistant for National Security Affairs: Records, 1952-61, NSC Series, Policy Papers Subseries, Eisenhower Archives, < http://www.eisenhower.archives.gov/Research/Finding_Aids /PDFs/WHO,%20OSANSA/NSC_Series_Policy_Papers_Subseries.pdf > [accessed 11 Nov. 2009].Examples include: NSC 5511 - Net Evaluation Subcommittee [study of USSR capabilities], in Box 15; NSC 5605 - A Net Evaluation Subcommittee [Soviet nuclear capabilities], in Box 17; NSC 5728 - Net Evaluation Subcommittee, in Box 23; NSC 5816 - Net Evaluations Subcommittee [study of Soviet attack capabilities], in Box 23. 144 Meeting Date, Agenda Topics at NSC Meetings Eisenhower Administration (1953-1961), (Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Library, no date) at < http://www.lib.umich.edu/files/libraries/govdocs/pdf/nscmeet2.pdf > [accessed 30 Feb. 2010]: 11 Mar. 53 -- Nuclear Matters; 6 May 53 -- Nuclear Matters; 4 Jun 53 -- USSR, Nuclear Matters; 25 Jun 53 -- Nuclear Weapons; 7 Oct. 53 -- Nuclear Weapons; 3 Dec 53 -- USSR, Nuclear Matters; 23 Jun. 54 -- Nuclear Matters; 5 Nov. 54 -- Nuclear Weapons; 10 Feb. 55 -- Nuclear Weapons; 3 Mar. 55 -- Nuclear Weapons; 24 Mar. 55 -- Nuclear Weapons; 14 Jul. 55 -- Nuclear Weapons; 27 Oct. 55 -- Nuclear Weapons; 5 Apr. 56 -- Nuclear Weapons; 20 Dec. 56 -- Nuclear Weapons; 11 Jan. 57 -- Nuclear Weapons; 7 Feb. 57 -- Nuclear Weapons; 16 May 57 -- Nuclear Defense; 13 Jun. 57 -- Nuclear Weapons; 20 Jun 57 -- Nuclear Weapons; 1 Aug. 57 -- Nuclear Weapons; 31 Oct. 57 -- Nuclear Defense; 7 Nov. 57 -- Nuclear Defense; 12 Nov. 57 -- Nuclear Weapons; 27 Mar. 58 -- Nuclear Defense; 29 May 58 -- Nuclear Defense; 26 Jun. 58 -- Comparative Evaluation Group; 14 Jul. 58 -- Nuclear Weapons, Nuclear Defense; 6 Nov. 58 -- Comparative Evaluation Group; 20 Nov. 58 -- Net Evaluation Subcommittee; 15 Oct. 59 -- Comparative Evaluations Group; 16 Dec. 59 -- Nuclear Defense; 28 Apr. 60 -- Net Evaluation Subcommittee; 24 Mar. 60 -- Nuclear Weapons; 25 Aug. 60 Nuclear Matters; 13 Oct. 60 -- Comparative Evaluations Group; and 29 Dec. 1960 -- Nuclear Defense.
38
In addition to the controversy and creative compromise that created it, several other factors stand out about the success of the Net Evaluation Subcommittee. First, their work was marked by subtle distinctions, an emphasis on comparative data, and operational context.145 Second, they not only informed the Commander-in-Chief, but had a dramatic impact on his own evaluations.146 Third, they were able to address some of the most sensitive and controversial areas of US national security in the 1950s and did so with high discretion and a complete absence of leaks.147 Fourth, their work continually stimulated additional questions, which were then referred to other organizations or used as the terms of reference for a new committee dedicated to that follow-on topic. One example of this, was the famous Technological Capabilities Panel that produced the Killian Report, which itself was a major contribution to the art of competitive strategy.148 Last but not least, the NEC established a precedent in justifying the need for a national net assessment, developed a model of how to do it and set expectations of expected output.
145
Although most of the NES reports of the 1950s remain classified, a summary of the Top Secret 1958 study focused on counter-force versus counter-value targeting tradeoffs is available at: Discussion th at the 387 Meeting of the National Security Council, (20 November 1958) op cit. For a critical commentary on the substance, not the analysis, see: Gerald C. Smith, Memorandum for the Secretary [of State]: Oral Presentation of the Annual Report of the Net Evaluation Subcommittee, (25 November 1958), reacting to 100 megatons targeted on Moscow, observed: We used to be advised that a doctrine of restraint governed the planning of our strategic bombing operations. It is difficult to see any fruits of any such doctrine in this briefing. 146 Writing in his diary on 23 January 1956, Eisenhower reacted to a report on two nuclear war scenarios studied by his Net Evaluation Sub-Committee that: the United States experienced practically total economic collapse, which could not be restored to any kind of operative conditions under six months to a year. Members of the federal government were wiped out and a new government had to be improvised by the states. Casualties were enormous. It was calculated that something on the order of 65 percent of the population would require some kind of medical care and, in most instances, no opportunity whatsoever to get it. The Eisenhower Diaries, edited by Robert H. Ferrell, (New York, NY: W.W. Norton & Company 1981): p. 311. 147 Academic treatment of the Net Evaluation Subcommittee, its role and contribution is very slim, but some commentary can be found in: Saki Dockrill, Eisenhowers New-Look National Security Policy, (New York, NY: St. Martins Press, Inc., 1996): p. 130; Norman A. Graebner, The National Security: Its Theory and Practice, 1945-1960, (1986): p. 192; History of the Office of the Secretary of Defense, Volume 5, (Washington, DC: US Department of Defense Historical Office, 1984): p. 316; and Chpt 12, in Robert R. Bowie and Richard H. Immerman, Waging Peace: How Eisenhower Shaped an Enduring Cold War Strategy, (Oxford, New York: Oxford University Press, 1997). 148 For a good description of their use of balance timelines and how they helped in developing counter-strategies, see: Adams, Eisenhowers Fine Group of Fellows, op cit: pp. 123-124.
39
made
him
his
own
secretary
of
defense
and
he
left
strategic
planning
to
the
military
and
looked
to
his
political
appointee
managers
to
implement
budgetary
guidance
rather
than
strategize.149
But
by
the
end
of
his
Administration,
Eisenhower
himself
noted
that
the
traditional
coordinating
committee
approach
as
set
up
by
the
Naval
and
War
departments,
and
carried
over
into
the
Department
of
Defense,
was
too
slow
and
too
cumbersome
for
the
atomic
age.
In
an
address
to
a
special
session
of
Congress
he
argued
that:
Strategic
and
tactical
planning
must
be
completely
unified,
combat
forces
must
be
organized
into
unified
commands,
each
equipped
with
the
most
efficient
weapons
systems
that
science
can
develop.
We
must
strengthen
the
military
staff
in
the
Office
of
the
Secretary
of
Defense
in
order
to
provide
the
Commander
in
Chief
and
the
Secretary
of
Defense
with
the
professional
assistance
they
need
for
strategic
planning
and
for
operational
direction
of
the
unified
commands.150
This meant that a Secretary of Defense could no longer be content to focus merely on force generation but had to get educated on and involved with force design and application. In the Defense Reorganization of 1958 the JCS were pushed to drop their traditional coordinating committees in exchange for an integrated operations division utilizing the traditional line numbered J-Directorates of a conventional military staff in order to effectively interface with the unified and specified commands.151 Thus, the coordinating Strategic Plans Committee was divided to form the nucleus of the new J-3 Operations and J-5 Plans and Policy Directorates.152
149
He did not need politico-military advice from his defense secretaries. He looked ot his defense secretaries to implement a defense budget unpopular with the armed services, to carry out his decisions, to bear the weight of military objections to ceilings on defense spending, and to force the services to develop military policy within those ceilings, not to suggest alternative policies. Geoffrey Piller, DoDs Office of International Security Affairs: The Brief Ascendancy of an Advisory System, Political Science Quarter, vol. 98, no. 1, (Spring 1983): p. 61. 150 The date of Eisenhowers speech was 3 April 1958. Ibid., pp. 219-220. He added for effect: I think it is important to have it clearly understood that the Joint Chiefs of Staff act only under the authority and in the name of the Secretary of Defense. I am, therefore, issuing instructions that their function is to advise and assist the Secretary of Defense in respect to their duties and not to perform any of their duties independently of the Secretarys direction. 151 Poole, The Evolution of the Joint Strategic Planning System, 1947-1989, op cit. 152 Major Changes in the Organization of the Joint Chiefs of Staff: 1942-1969, op cit., pp. 224-226.
40
Ironically, the more the JCS moved toward a Command orientation,153 the more the planning, forecasting and assessing functions154 of the Joint Strategic Objectives Plan (JSOP)155 became caught up in the narrowly defined linear programming and budgeting rather than thinking out of the box in terms of alternative options or long-range competition.156 While President Eisenhower was more than willing to delegate traditional military matters to the military and let civilian appointees manage budgets, he recognized the centrality of nuclear weapons to US foreign policy as well as in defense157 and was not willing to delegate the authority of the Commander-in-Chief to be mentally prepared in thinking through the unthinkable. The vehicle by which the Administration attempted to both develop and propagate its strategy was a
153
For a useful summary, see: Historical Background of the Organization and Functions of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, in Organization and Functions of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, (JCS Pub. 4; Washington, DC: Joint Chiefs of Staff, 15 July 1963), pp. 3-6. 154 That these three function are intimately related is well argued in: Alan Gropman, Long Range Planning-A New Beginning, Air University Review, (Nov-Dec, 1979): p 50. He notes that planning is the systematic process of formulating objectives for the future and developing strategy and resource allocation alternatives for reaching those goals. Intrinsic to this process is a system for monitoring the implications, in an uncertain future, of the chosen decision alternative. Gropman, Air Force Planning and the Technology Development Planning Process in the Post-World War II Air Force, op cit., p. 156. 155 The JSOP was developed in 1955 and is a document of two volumes that assesses the threat and then prescribes the military forces that the JCS believe are required to carry out our military strategy and national objectives. Lawrence J. Korb, The Budget Process in the Department of Defense, 1947-1977: The Strengths and Weaknesses of Three Systems, Public Administration Review, vol. 37, no. 4, (July/August 1977): p. 335. See also: Lawrence J. Korb, The Joint Chiefs of Staff: The First Twenty-five Years, (Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press, 1976). 156 As of 1963, the generic planning within J-5 was divided into three unique branches each covering a separate function in the overall process: Short-Range Branch prepare the Joint Strategic Capabilities Plan (JSCP); and provide basic planning data and make recommendations concerning force requirements, assignments and deployments for strategic planning in the short-range period, based on actual Service capabilities. Mid-Range Branch prepare the Joint Strategic Objectives Plan (JSOP) and collaborate, as may be required, with the Personal Directorate (J-1) and the Logistics Directorate (J-4) in the development of concepts for military mobilization and the phased expansion of active and Reserve forces to support the strategic concepts and objectives of JSOP. Long-Range Branch prepare the Joint Long-Range Strategic Study; and provide strategic guidance concerning world-wide or overall base rights and requirements in support of joint plans, estimates, studies and appraisals for the long-range period. The responsibility for reviewing and preparing JCS comments on Basic National Security Policy (BNSP) was in a separate General Planning Branch. Historical Background of the Organization and Functions of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, in Organization and Functions of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, ibid., pp. 67-76. 157 Dwight D. Eisenhower, Mandate for Change, 1953-56, (Garden City, NY: Doubleday & Company, 1963), p. 180.
41
National
Security
Council
document
staffed
across
all
relevant
agencies
known
as
the
Basic
National
Security
Policy
(BNSP).
Issued
annually,
and
purporting
to
set
forth
the
basic
strategic
concept
for
the
United
States,
BNSP
has
been
described
as
a
detailed
outline
of
the
aims
of
US
national
security
strategy
and
a
more
detailed
discussion
of
the
military,
political,
economic
elements
to
support
the
over-all
national
strategy.
In
it,
the
Eisenhower
Administration
announced
that
the
United
States
henceforward
would
place
main
but
not
sole
reliance
on
nuclear
weapons.
With
this
guidance,
the
Joint
Chiefs
of
Staff
were
expected
to
prepare
a
Joint
Strategic
Objectives
Plan
(JSOP)which
would
project
force
requirements
five
years
into
the
future.158
However,
because
there
was
continued
disagreement
within
the
Administration
and
between
the
services
over
the
meaning
and
comprehensiveness
of
a
Massive
Retaliation
doctrine,
in
the
absence
of
Commander-in-Chief
clarity,
the
military
were
not
getting
clear
guidance
in
this
area.159
The
end
product
has
thus
far
been
a
document
so
broad
in
nature
and
so
general
in
language
as
to
provide
limited
guidance
in
practical
application.
In
the
course
of
its
development,
the
sharp
issues
in
national
defense
which
confront
our
leaders
have
been
blurred
in
conference
and
in
negotiation.
The
final
text
thus
permits
many
different
interpretations.
The
protagonists
of
Massive
Retaliation
or
of
Flexible
Response,
the
partisans
of
the
importance
of
air
power
or
of
limited
war,
as
well
as
the
defenses
of
other
shades
of
military
opinion,
are
able
to
find
language
supporting
their
divergent
points
of
view.
The
Basic
National
Security
Policy
document
means
all
things
to
all
people
and
settles
nothing.160
The
effect
of
widespread
dissatisfaction
with
the
loose
generality
of
the
BNSP
language,
was
not
to
focus
on
clarity
and
specificity
at
the
National
Security
Council
but
rather
ridicule
and
dismiss
the
whole
idea
of
top
down
deductive
articulation
entirely.
Over
at
the
Pentagon
the
historic
American
phobia
over
a
General
Staff
nonetheless
remained,161
and
the
results
showed.
But
despite
legislative
authority
and
responsibility
for
both
DoD
strategy
as
well
as
resource
planning,
the
Secretary
158 159
Kaufmann, The McNamara Strategy, op cit: pp. 23-24. Former Army Chief of Staff (and later CJCS), Gen. Maxwell D. Taylor, testimony, in Organizing for National Security, (Washington, DC: Subcommittee on National Policy Machinery, Committee on Government Operations, US Senate, 1961), vol. I, p. 795. 160 Maxwell D. Taylor, The Uncertain Trumpet, (New York, NUY: Harper and Brothers, 1960): p. 82. 161 The Joint Staff shall not operate or be organized as overall Armed Forces General Staff and shall have no executive authority. Department of Defense Reorganization Act of 1958, (Washington, DC: Department of Defense, 6 August 1958).
42
of
Defense
lacked
the
diagnostic
and
prognostic
talent
necessary
to
make
informed
strategic
judgments.
Under
the
postwar
organization
of
the
military
establishment
the
Secretary
of
Defense
presumably
had
the
authority
to
establish
a
strategic
concept
and
require
agreement
on
force
size
and
composition.
But
he
labored
under
several
severe
handicaps.
He
lacked
any
independent
basis
on
which
to
assess
what
the
Services
were
demanding.
And,
in
the
American
tradition,
he
tended
to
assume
that
it
was
impossible
for
him
to
understand,
much
less
learn,
the
art
of
military
planning.
That
was
a
mystery
that
could
only
be
performed
by
the
military
staffs
themselves.
To
argue
with
veteran
commanders
in
these
circumstances
seemed
presumptuous
and
dangerous.
Military
judgment
was
sacrosanct.162
Up until 1961, this was a bi-cameral culture, with the Secretary of Defense having limited ability to bridge the two worlds of military strategy and civilian resource allocation, and raised a fundamental question as to whether his role was Umpire or Leader?163
162 163
Kaufmann, The McNamara Strategy, op cit: pp. 19-20. Arthur D. Larson, The Secretary of Defense: Umpire or Leader? Polity, vol. 4, no. 4, (Summer 1972): p. 557.
43
With
respect
to
the
coordinative
versus
command
style,
President
Kennedy
addressed
this
decisively.165
He
needed
and
wanted
a
Secretary
of
Defense
who,
unlike
Eisenhowers
Pentagon
chiefs,
would
not
only
implement
the
administrations
decisions
but
also
vigorously
initiate
policies
regarding
weapons
selection
and
strategy.166
It
is
probably
not
too
much
to
say
that
in
less
than
three
years,
McNamara
brought
about
two
revolutions
within
the
Department
of
Defense.
He
redesigned
the
military
strategy
and
forces
of
the
United
States.
At
the
same
time,
he
installed
an
entirely
new
method
of
making
decisions
within
the
Pentagon.167
Kennedys
SecDef
aggressively
pursued
what
he
believed
to
be
a
new,
but
necessarily
revolutionized,168
proper
role
of
the
Secretary
of
Defense
to
grasp
the
strategic
issues
and
provide
active
leadership
in
developing
a
defense
program
that
sensibly
relates
US
foreign
policy
and
military
strategy
with
defense
budgets,
and
the
choice
of
major
weapons
and
forces.169
There
were
several
reasons
behind
the
management
revolution,
and
they
primarily
had
to
do
with
the
new
Administrations
negative
attitude
toward
the
Joint
Staff
approach
to
planning:
164 165
H. R. McMaster, Dereliction of Duty, (New York, NY: HarperCollins, 1997), p. 19. Paul Y. Hammond, The National Security Council as a Device for Interdepartmental Coordination: an Interpretation and Appraisal, American Political Science Review, vol. LIV, (1960): p. 899. 166 Piller, DoDs Office of International Security Affairs, op cit., pp. 63, 65, also contrasts Secretary of State Rusks view of himself as a judge versus McNamaras activist initiative. 167 Kaufmann, The McNamara Strategy, op cit: p. 3. 168 For contemporary evaluation, see: Stewart Alsop, Master of the Pentagon, The Saturday Evening Post, (5 August 1961); Joseph Kraft, McNamara and His Enemies, Harpers Magazine, (August 1961); and Charles J.V. Murphy, The Education of a Defense Secretary, Fortune, (May 1962): p. 102. 169 Alain C. Enthoven and K. Wayne Smith, How Much is Enough? Shaping the Defense Program, 1961-1969, (New York, NY: Harper & Row, 1971), pp. 32, 106.
44
Their advice was perceived at the White House to be the product of consensus among the services rather than what was best for national security;170 Another was that the Joint Chiefs also produced analyses and recommendations at a tortuously slow pace;171 And, they frequently seemed opposed to major Administration initiatives and contemptuous of their strategic wisdom.172
With this attitude at the top, selecting an activist SecDef who was not in awe of military experience and giving him the mandate to introduce innovative strategy frequently at odds with Service preferences,173 combined to structure the SecDef as chief strategist.174
170
For a contrast in attitudes toward the uniformed military, see: Richard A. Aliano, American Defense Policy from Eisenhower to Kennedy, (Athens, OH: Ohio University Press, 1975). 171 Ibid., p. 65, quoting Paul Nitze as saying of the JCS, that it would take them three days to blow their nose. 172 In interviews with the senior military officers of the period, one historian quotes Air Force Lieutenant General David Burchinal (U.S.A.F. Chief of Staff LeMay's Deputy for Operations), speaking about the value of strategic superiority and the Cuban Missile Crisis: It [value of superiority] was totally missed by the Kennedy administration... They did not understand what had been created and handed to them... Fortunately, there was enough panic in Washington when they saw those missiles going in... they gave only the broadest indication of what they wanted in terms of support for the President. So we were able at the military level, from the JCS on down (without involving the politicians) to put SAC on a one- third airborne alert, to disperse part of the force to civilian airfields [and take other alert measures] ... These were things that would be visible to the Soviets... We could have written our own book at the time, but our politicians did not understand what happens when you have such a degree of superiority as we had, or they simply didn't know how to use it. They were busily engaged in saving face for the Soviets and making concessions, giving up the IRBMs, the Thors and Jupiters deployed overseas -- when all we had to do was write our own ticket. A few moments later in this interview, U.S.A.F. General Leon Johnson (Chairman, Net Evaluation Subcommittee, National Security Council) said about the political leadership: They were very good at putting out brave words, but they didn't do a bloody thing to back them up except what, inadvertently, we did. To which LeMay confirmed: That was the mood prevalent with the top civilian leadership; you are quite correct. Dan Lindley, What I Learned since I Stopped Worrying and Studied the Movie: A Teaching Guide to Stanley Kubrick's Dr. Strangelove, Political Science & Politics, vol. 34, no. 3, (2001): pp. 663-667. 173 For a variety of descriptions of McNamaras attitude and approach, see: Deborah Shapley, Power and Promise: The Life and Times of Robert McNamara, (Boston, MA: Little Brown, 1993); Clark A. Murdock, Defense Policy Formation: A Comparative Analysis of the McNamara Era, (Albany, NY: State University of New York Press, 1974); Ralph Sanders, The Politics of Defense Analysis, (New York, NY: Dunellen, 1973); Henry L. Trewitt, McNamara: His Ordeal in the Pentagon, (New York, NY: Harper & Row, 1971); and James Michael Roherty, Decisions of Robert S. McNamara: A Study of the Role of the Secretary of Defense, (Coral Gables, FL: University of Miami Press, 1970). 174 One of President Kennedys most fascinating attributes was his ability to attract able men and women to the service of his Administration. At his side, and deeply committed to his service, stood Robert S. McNamara. If Kennedy was the patron of new departures in the realm of national security, McNamara has been their architect and engineer. Kaufmann, The McNamara Strategy, op cit: p. xi.
45
The Secretary of Defense and I am talking about any Secretary of Defense must make certain kinds of decisions, not because he presumes his judgment to be superior to his advisors, military or civilian, but because his position is the best place from which to make these decisions.175
Much to the dismay of critics of defense intellectuals,176 a corollary of this positional vantage-point, was the belief that modern-day strategy and force planning has become largely an analytical process.177 Secretary McNamara correctly viewed the DoD as a bilineal organizational structure,178 and, impressed with the controlling dual chain management system he had experienced at Ford Motor, tried to introduce that approach in the Pentagon.179 During his tenure the Systems Analysis Office operated as analytic policemen180 keeping military advice honest and as a surrogate means of both option planning and performance assessment. While it was recognized that the
175
Robert S. McNamara, Address before the American Society of Newspaper Editors, (Press Release No.548-63; Washington, DC: 20 April 1963), pp. 1-13, in Public Statements by the Secretaries of Defense: Part 3, The Kennedy and Johnson Administrations, (1961-1969), Robert S. McNamara, January 21,1961-February 29,1968, edited by Paul Kesaris, (microfilm; Frederick, MD: University Publications of America, 1983), reel VI, frames 0165-0177. 176 For example: General Thomas D. White, Strategy and the Defense Intellectuals, Saturday Evening Post, vol. 236, (4 May 1963): p. 10. 177 Enthoven and Smith, How Much is Enough? Shaping the Defense Program, 1961-1969, op cit: pp. 32, 106. 178 The operational control and direction of the combat forces extend down through one chain of command and the direction and control of the supporting activities down through another. Robert S. McNamara, The Essence of Security: Reflections in Office, (New York, NY: Harper & Row, 1968), p. 96. 179 Following BDMs acquisition by Ford Motor in 1988, I spent a significant part of my time for the next two years in Dearborn serving as an international strategic planning adviser to Fords Chairman and CEO. It was not until then that I realized what had conditioned McNamaras approach. Ford had a long culture of strong leaders in the operating and production parts of the company. In the 1950s, when they realized that the company had to be brought under modern fiscal discipline with a comprehensive budgeting system similar to PPBS, a parallel line of Finance Officers was introduced at every level of line organization. They served as implicit deputies to help the line managers prepare and stay within corporate budgets, but they had their own independent reporting chain (and guardian) up the ladder to the Corporate Finance Officer. We called them the KBG of Ford, but a closer parallel would probably have been the political officer in the Soviet military. It is my belief, that when McNamara realized he could not duplicate this level of intrusion into the JCS and Services (although the latter became more permeable over time), the Systems Analysis Office was used as surrogate vehicle to police the system. 180 An important implication of the increasingly analytical nature of the force planning process is the need for an analytic policeman. It its role as analytic policemen, the Systems Analysis office tried to make sure that the methods of analysis used in various studies, and the assumptions that went into them, were both explicit and consistent. Enthoven and Smith, How Much is Enough? Shaping the Defense Program, 1961-1969, op cit., pp. 106, 108.
46
uniformed
military
could,
in
theory,
present
a
range
of
alternative
strategies,
nevertheless,
inventing
creative
options
was
not
a
recognized
JCS
strong
suit.181
Nor
was
a
passive
position
in
the
strategy
development
process
practical
for
the
SecDef.
The
following
retort
is
worth
revisiting
because
the
argument
still
fuels
a
relevant
debate:
It
would
limit
the
Secretary
of
Defense
to
the
role
of
judge
rather
than
leader.
Though
he
could
select
one
of
the
alternatives
presented
in
the
JCS
list,
he
would
be
unable
to
challenge
the
particular
objectives
and
alternatives
which
the
JCS
chose
present.
He
would
be
unable
to
get
independent
evaluation
of
the
JCS
estimate
of
the
amount
of
military
force
required
to
attain
a
particular
objective
with
a
given
degree
of
confidence.
He
would
be
unable
to
probe
for
and
suggest
an
alternative
mix
of
forces
which
might
achieve
a
given
objective
at
a
lower
cost.
Challenging,
testing,
probing,
checking,
and
suggesting
alternatives
in
an
informed
and
responsible
way
are
more
than
any
one
man
can
do
by
himself.
He
would
have
to
have
a
staff
to
help
him,
and
that
staff
would
have
to
become
deeply
involved
in
the
matters
in
the
province
of
the
military
professionals.
This
is
the
only
way
the
Secretary
of
Defense
can
exercise
initiative
and
avoid
becoming
a
captive
of
the
information
generated
by
the
military
staffs.
In
the
most
direct
sense,
it
is
the
only
way
the
country
can
be
assured
of
achieving
a
significant
degree
of
civilian
control.182
Thus, the issue was not so much the development of alternative options, although there were certainly cases where that need was articulated, and few challenged the responsibility of the SecDef to be the Pentagons Chief Strategist. Rather, the question raised by McNamara and his team was the due diligence the Secretary would give in thinking through the inputs to the strategic choices he would make and his need to have access to independent and sophisticated analysis that would enable him, not to ignore institutional factors, but to see them in proper perspective in making operational, management and
181
Ibid., p. 115: If the Secretary wants a wider range of alternatives alternatives that include less as well as possible nonmilitary solutions he will need civilian analysts possessing the necessary analytical skills and with the charter to cut across Service institutional lines jurisdictions and integrate forces and mission contributions from all the Services. This does not mean that alternatives offered by civilian analysts are necessarily better than those of the military. But they are likely to be more broadly based, balanced, and concerned with getting the most from available resources. In any event, some kind of counter-vailing power is clearly needed if the Secretary of Defense is to sort out the desirable and the undesirable changes. 182 Ibid., p. 196.
47
policy
decisions.183
As
the
Clausewitzian
personification
of
the
one
chosen
to
address
strategic
questions,184
the
Secretary
of
Defense
is
the
bridge185
between
the
Presidential
policy
vision
and
the
direction
of
the
Armed
Forces
in
their
development
of
contingency
planning.186
This
dialectical187
interface
is
normally
called
strategy
development
and,
if
asked,
most
Americans
would
likely
believe
that
having
a
dedicated
organization
assist
the
Secretary
of
Defense
in
pulling
together
a
comprehensive
assessment
of
US
and
potential
adversaries
is
not
just
common
sense,188
but
essential
to
getting
an
important
task
done,
and
building
public
confidence
that
it
is
being
done
right.189
183 184
Larson, The Secretary of Defense: Umpire or Leader? op cit., p. 561. Rosen, Net Assessment as an Analytical Concept, op cit: p. 284. 185 Richard K. Betts, The Trouble with Strategy: Bridging Policy and Operations, Joint Forces Quarterly, (Autumn/Winter 2001-02), pp. 23-30. 186 It is commonplace to cite the Clausewitzian dictim of war as continuation of political activity by other [violent] means; but too little attention has been given to how political guidance interacts with, in fact links to, military contingency planning through the use of long range planning and/or balance assessments as anticipatory feedback in adjusting both political ends and military means, in a recursive and reflective way. Clausewitz himself, makes a point of this, immediately before his classic definition: If we keep in mind that war springs from some political purpose, it is natural that the prime cause of its existence will remain the supreme consideration in conducting it. That, however, does not imply that the political aim is tyrant. It must adapt itself to the chosen means, a process which can radically change it; yet the political aim remains the first consideration. Policy, then, will permeate all military operations, and, in so far as their violent nature will admit, it will have a continuous influence on them. Carl von Clausewitz, On War, edited by Michael Howard and Peter Paret, (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1976), p. 87. 187 The dialectic in strategy is emphasized in: Andre Beufre, An Introduction to Strategy, with Particular Reference to Problems of Defense, Politics, Economics, and Diplomacy in the Nuclear Age, (New York, NY: Praeger, 1965), p. 22, defines strategy as the art of the dialectic of two opposing wills using force to resolve their dispute. The dominance of the dialectic as a mode thought and argument in Clausewitz is from Part II, The Dialectic, in Raymond Aron, Clausewitz: Philosophy of War, (Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1985), pp. 89-94. Also on this theme: Peter R. Moody, Clausewitz and the Fading Dialectic of War, World Politics, vol. 31, (April 1979); and Hew Strachan, Clausewitz and the Dialectics of War, in Clausewitz in the Twenty-First Century, edited by Hew Strachan and Andreas Herber-Rothe, (Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 2007), pp. 14-44; and Andreas Herberg-Rothe, Claausewitzs Puzzle: The Political Theory of War, (Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, English edition 2007), pp. 120-122. 188 For an interesting take on how everyday citizens think and reason about strategy. see: James DeNardo, The Amateur Strategist: Intuitive Deterrence Theories and the Politics of the Nuclear Arms Race, (New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 1995), pp. 1-17. The point is not that amateur intuitive common sense is correct, but that when expert strategic intellectualizing becomes widely disconnected from it, the danger of losing national consensus and thus support for sustaining the military strategy becomes politically problematic. 189 James Madison said that a popular Government, without popular information, or the means of acquiring it, is but a Prologue to a Farce or a Tragedy, or perhaps both. As a principal guarantor of US national security, the Department of Defense has a special obligation to keep the nation informed. Harold Brown, Secretary of Defense, Foreword, to The Department of Defense: Documents on
48
the role of evaluator rather than just a ladler of resources and, in making those decisions, has a fiduciary responsibility to consider long-range trends, assess US and potential adversary postures, and develop alternative strategic concepts to cope with change then the need for immediate and confidential staff support to the SecDef as Chief Strategist was axiomatic in its logic and unchallengeable as common sense. The most basic argument for the PPBS approach to strategy rested on six major arguments: Decision-making on the basis of openly debated National Interest; Considering needs and costs simultaneously rather than sequentially; Explicit consideration of alternatives rather than as straw men; Active use of an analytical versus accounting staff; A multiyear rolling force and financial plan versus fixed budget ceiling; and Open and explicit analysis rather than implicit and intuitive assumptions.190
This
was
a
real
improvement
and,
whatever
the
complaints,
few
argued
for
a
return
to
the
old
system,
and
McNamara
pushed
it
to
the
extreme:
I
equate
planning
and
budgeting
and
consider
the
terms
almost
synonymous,
with
the
budget
being
simply
a
quantitative
expression
of
the
operating
plans.191
Practically,
however,
there
were
several
problems
in
the
McNamara
approach.
First,
unlike
at
Ford
Motor
where
the
analyst
policemen
were
actually
embedded
at
every
level
of
every
organization,
Enthovens
Systems
Analysts
were,
like
a
sophist
watching
the
shadows
on
Platos
cave,
outside
the
military
organization
looking
in
with
surrogate
measures
of
effectiveness.192
Second,
and
Establishment
and
Organization,
1944-1978,
(Washington,
DC:
Historical
Office,
Office
of
the
Secretary
of
Defense,
1978),
p.
iii.
190
For
a
good
summary
description,
see:
Kaufmann,
The
McNamara
Strategy,
op
cit:
pp.
32-48.
191
Robert
S.
McNamara,
testimony,
in
Organizing
for
National
Security,
(Washington,
DC:
Subcommittee
on
National
Policy
Machinery,
Committee
on
Government
Operations,
US
Senate,
1961),
vol.
I,
p.
1197.
192
James
R.
Schlesinger,
Defense
Planning
and
Budgeting:
The
Issue
of
Centralized
Control,
(RAND
paper
3464;
Santa
Monica,
CA:
RAND
Corporation,
June
1967);
James
R.
Schlesinger,
Defense
Planning
and
Budgeting:
The
Issue
of
Centralized
Control,
(RAND
paper
3813;
Santa
Monica,
CA:
RAND
Corporation,
1968);
Wesley
W.
Posver,
Dispersion
of
the
Strategy-Making
Establishment,
in
American
Defense
Policy,
edited
by
Mark
E.
Smith
III
and
Claude
J.
John
Jr.,
(Baltimore,
MD:
Johns
Hopkins
Press,
1968);
and
William
A.
Niskanen,
Defense
Management
After
McNamara,
(IDA
N-589;
Arlington,
VA:
49
more subtle, having hooked the Pentagon on the PPBS with its linear programming so helpful to careful auditing193 -- it reinforced the military predisposition to favor material force structure over ethereal strategizing.194 As illustrated in the figure below,195 although the PPBS system depended upon Strategy input to initiate it and incorporated opportunities for Assessment feedback, its sequential multi-year cumulative linearity made the process rigid and the strategy unreflective. Fig. 1
Institute for Defense Analysis, 1968); and William A. Niskanen, Coherent Decentralization of US Defense Force Planning, in Interorganizational Decision Making, edited by (Chicago, IL: Aldine, 1972), pp. 277- 286. 193 A Modern Design for Defense Decision: A McNamara-Hitch-Enthoven anthology, edited by Samuel A. Tucker, (Washington, DC: Industrial College of the Armed Forces, 1966). 194 Alluded to in both James R. Schlesinger, The Changing Environment for Systems Analysis, (RAND paper 3287; Santa Monica, CA: RAND Corporation, 1965); and Harold Brown, Planning for Military Forces, Foreign Affairs, vol. 45, (January 1967). 195 The Joint Staff Officers Guide 2000, (JFSC Pub. 1; Norfolk, VA, 2000), Fig. 2-3.
50
However,
turning
planning
into
an
administrative
auditing
process196
came
at
a
cost
of
imagination
and
creativity.197
In
the
extreme,
the
approach
of
PPBS
in
the
late
1960s
carried
the
danger
that
strategy
would
emerge
de
facto
from
a
stream
of
acquisition
decisions,
rather
than
independently
providing
the
basis
for
those
decisions.198
Third,
with
analytic
policemen
tending
to
treat
the
military
as
planning
criminals
and
all
the
resultant
years
of
open
warfare
between
OSD
and
the
Services,
animosities
were
so
deep
that
basic
cooperation,
let
along
joint
brainstorming,
took
more
effort
than
it
was
worth.199
It
is
easy
to
dismiss
the
McNamara
era
gap
between
civilians
and
uniforms
by
demeaning
clichs
like
military
mindset
or
effete
intellectuals.200
However,
on
closer
examination
the
difference
is
not
whether
one
side
was
thinking
correctly
and
the
other
idiots,
but
rather
that
they
were
thinking
differently.201
This
essay
196
For a critique of this administrative audit mentality, see: Ida R. Hoos, Systems Analysis in Public Policy A Critique, (Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 1972); Allen Schick, A Death in the Bureaucracy: The Demise of Federal PPB, Public Administration Review, vol. 33, (March-April 1973): pp. 146-156; and Aaron Wildavsky, The New Politics of the Budgetary Process, (Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman, 1987). 197 The ascendancy of management and the decline of policy, the elaboration of structure and technique, and the faltering of innovation and bargaining mark the McNamara years. It is clear that while imagination and flexibility are vital in the determination of policy and strategy, the thrust of the new management has made for increasing rigidity. It is clear that while a creative, reinforcing tension between military and civilian professionalism is indispensable to national security policy, the thrust of the new management has been to neutralize such pluralism. James M. Roherty, Decisions of Robert S. McNamara: A Study of the Secretary of Defense, (Coral Gables, FL: University of Miami, 1970), pp. 20-21. 198 Pickett, Roche, and Watts, Net Assessment: A Historical Review, op cit., p. 165; and Gregory Palmer, The McNamara Strategy and the Vietnam War: Program Budgeting in the Pentagon, 1960-1968, (Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1978). 199 James Schlesinger, "Uses and Abuses of Analysis," Hearings, (Washington, DCL US Senate Committee on Government Operations, Planning Programming Budgeting, Government Printing Office, 1970); and Hanson W. Baldwin, Slow-Down in the Pentagon, in Defense, Science, and Public Policy, (New York, NY: W. W. Norton & Company, 1968). 200 While Kaufmann, The McNamara Strategy, op cit: pp. 242-245 was a pains to downplay the downgrading of the military, other respected commentators made it their point of departure in a critique of both the strategy and the method used to analyze it; for example, the long-time military editor for the New York Times: Hanson W. Baldwin, Strategy for Tomorrow, (New York, NY: Harper & Row, 1970): p. 15 quoting Lyman B. Kirkpatrick, Jr., where civilian authorities dominate the decision-making process in matters exclusively military then national catastrophe may result. 201 This was recognized by Enthoven and Smith, How Much is Enough? Shaping the Defense Program, 1961-1969, op cit: p. xii: the differences we describe between independent civilian analysts and career military officers, between the Systems Analysis office and the Military Services, between concern for the national interest and concern for parochial interests, though real and important, are difference of degree, not of kind. However, our point here is that, the mental starting points for strategizing were in fact at opposite ends of abstraction and logic.
51
started with Sun Tzus epigram definition of the strategic arts and his list of five key attributes is not random but reflects both a hierarchy of abstraction and differing forms of reasoning.202 As illustrated in Figure 2, the five elements are actually sequential and can be hierarchically placed on an ordinal scale that ranks deductive logic on one end and inductive empiricism on the other. Fig. 2
!"#$%$&'()*+),--#--.#/0)1#$-2#&0"3#-)
067*48690* 04:+4;<3!*+:40*
C-5D2/E-$ +F5D2/E-$ 3)5D2/E-$
?:<+738+43?7+@* ;=AB+030*
!"#$%&'(
4"&"($+5$67-#/'8*+,$9$.3:"$+5$;"'-+,1,<$
202
./'01*+,'($ 21(1#'/3$
)*+*,-.(
!"#$-//")*
/,*+01#1(
+(,##-.&'-(*
!"#$ %&'()'*+,-$
213#%*3.1(
4&-)5(*
=3-#">-$ 6,'(3-1-$
4.*1$".%.,31(
!"#$%&'(")(*
This
Sun
Tzu
approach
was
first
applied
experimentally
in
my
1975
briefing
of
the
TAC
Air
Net
Assessment,
then
discussed
in
the
1979
TRADOC
Battlefield
Development
Plan,
first
presented
as
a
coherent
argument
in
Secretary
Weinbergers
Counter-Offensive
and
Competitive
Strategy
studies
of
1982-1983,
and
most
well
known
with
Ambassador
Abshire
in
our
NATO
Net
Assessment
for
the
US
Congress
where
this
paradigm
was
used
as
the
organizing
principle
for
the
report;
see:
P.A.
Karber,
Battlefield
Leverage:
Hierarchy
and
Transition
in
Central
Battle,
(paper
presented
at
symposium
on
Battlefield
Development
Plan,
Ft.
Monroe,
VA:
TRADOC,
Spring
1979);
P.A.
Karber,
The
Counter- Offensive,
(briefing
for
SecDef;
Washington,
DC:
Strategic
Concepts
Development
Center,
December
1982);
P.A.
Karber,
Competitive
Strategy,
(briefing
for
SecDef;
Washington,
DC:
Strategic
Concepts
Development
Center,
January
1983);
and
Amb.
David
M.
Abshire
and
Phillip
A.
Karber,
NATO
Net
th Assessment,
(testimony
before
full
Committee
Hearings,
100
Congress
Daily
Digest;
Washington,
DC:
Committee
on
Armed
Services,
Senate,
US
Congress,
27
January,
1988),
pp.
D23-D28.
For
useful
insight
into
the
depth
of
Sun
Tzus
meaning,
see:
Gary
Gagliardi,
Sun
Tzus
The
Art
of
War
and
Its
Amazing
Secrets
the
Keys
to
Strategy,
(Seattle,
WA:
Science
of
Strategy
Institute,
Clearbridge
Publishing,
1999);
and
Chow
Hou
Wee,
Sun
Zi:
Art
of
War:
An
Illustrated
Translation
with
Asian
Perspectives
and
Insights,
(Singapore,
SI:
Pearson-Prentice
Hall,
2003).
52
Traditional military thought treats the lower order empirical issues as the common sense part of the appreciation of the situation that comes with experience based judgment, but the area they tend to emphasize is deduced guidance from political superiors articulating National Interests, definition of threats and allocating resource commitments.203 The systems analysis perspective starts at the other end of the spectrum focused on collecting and measuring as much information as possible in order to inductively derive their comparisons and conclusions.204 The senior military leaders are afraid of uncertainty in national objectives and political will, while the civilian strategists sought to avoid subjective qualitative judgment. But neither of these two approaches can cover the range of thought required for sound strategy development. If intuitive experience is weak without structured empirical verification, the danger of quantified systems analysis is introuvable data205 and, even worse, not knowing what is missing. The more rigorous and empirically dependent the measurement, the greater the chance of its significance being distorted or overwhelmed by the unknown.
203 204
See the earlier discussion above, p. 10. When asked to give an example of quantitative measurements applied to nuclear strategic forces, McNamara gave this extended example: A major mission of these forces is to deter war by their capability to destroy the enemys war-making capabilities [deleted]. With the kinds of weapons available to us, this task presents a problem of reasonably finite dimensions, which are measurable in terms of the number and type of targets or aiming points which must be destroyed and the number and types of weapon delivery systems required to do the job under various sets of conditions. The first step in such a calculation is to determine the number, types and locations of the aiming points in the target system. The second step is to determine the numbers and explosive yields of weapons which must be delivered on the aiming points to insure the destruction or substantial destruction of the target system. The third step involves a determination of the size and character of the forces best suited to deliver these weapons, taking into account such factors as 1. The number and weight of warheads that each type of vehicle can deliver. 2. The ability of each type of vehicle to penetrate enemy defenses. 3. The degree of accuracy that can be expected of each system, i.e., the CEP. 4. The degree of reliability of each system, i.e., the proportion of the ready operational inventory that we count on getting off successfully within the prescribe time. 5. The cost/effectiveness of each system, i.e., the combat effectiveness per dollar of outlay. Etc. Robert S. McNamara, Testimony, Hearings on Military Posture, (Washington, DC: House Armed Services Committee, 1962): p. 3171. 205 Important, balance determinative variables, for which hard, comparative, reliable empirical data is not available.
53
they employ abductive reasoning inference to the best explanation206 they can avoid some of the major pitfalls of linear deduction or entropic induction making conscious estimates to plot trend data, analyze asymmetries, as well as explore the interactions of strengths and vulnerabilities. Another advantage of abduction is that it offers a bridge that spans the spectrum from induction to deduction; and is thus a useful integrative device in contrast to strategy inferred from either first principles or a data dump. Compared to the command presumptions of SAC or the quantified data of the Systems Analysts, the work of the Net Evaluation Subcommittee provides an excellent example of the value of an abductively driven methodology one that uses empirical data where available, but does not shrink from hypothesizing expectations where it is not.
206
Robert Burch, Inference to the Best Explanation, in A Companion to the Philosophy of Science, edited by W.H. Newton-Smith, (London, UK: Blackwell, 2000): pp. 184-193. Abductive reasoning typically begins with an incomplete set of observations and proceeds to the likeliest possible explanation for the set. Abductive reasoning yields the kind of daily decision-making that does its best with the information at hand, which often is incomplete. A medical diagnosis is an application of abductive reasoning: given this set of symptoms, what is the diagnosis that would best explain most of them? Likewise, when jurors hear evidence in a criminal case, they must consider whether the prosecution or the defense has the best explanation to cover all the points of evidence. While there may be no certainty about their verdict, since there may exist additional evidence that was not admitted in the case, they make their best guess based on what they know. While cogent inductive reasoning requires that the evidence that might shed light on the subject be fairly complete, whether positive or negative, abductive reasoning is characterized by lack of completeness, either in the evidence, or in the explanation, or both. A patient may be unconscious or fail to report every symptom, for example, resulting in incomplete evidence, or a doctor may arrive at a diagnosis that fails to explain several of the symptoms. Still, he must reach the best diagnosis he can. The abductive process can be creative, intuitive, even revolutionary. Deductive, Inductive, and Abductive Reasoning, Paul Thagard and Cameron Shelley. "Abductive Reasoning: Logic, Visual Thinking, and Coherence," (Waterloo, Ontario: Philosophy Department, University of Waterloo, 1997) at. < http://cogsci.uwaterloo.ca/Articles/Pages/%7FAbductive.html> [accessed 10 February 2010]. The term abduction was coined by American philosopher, C.S. Peirce: Now, that the matter of no new truth can come from induction or from deduction, we have seen. It can only come from abduction; and abduction is, after all, nothing but guessing. We are therefore bound to hope that, although the possible explanations of our facts may be strictly innumerable, yet our mind will be able, in some finite number of guesses, to guess the sole true explanation of them. That we are bound to assume, independently of any evidence that it is true. Animated by that hope, we are to proceed to the construction of a hypothesis. C. S. Peirce, "On the Logic of drawing History from Ancient Documents, Especially from Testimonies", MS c. 1901, published 1958 in Collected Papers of Charles Sanders Peirce, v. 7, paragraph 164-231.
54
There
were
two
prime
areas
during
the
Kennedy
Administration
where
the
method
of
comparative
force
balances
had
an
impact
on
strategy,
and
where
strategy
had
an
impact
on
method.
The
first
was
strategic
forces;
and
the
second
was
the
conventional
balance
in
Central
Europe.
Both
topics
were
hotbeds
of
politico- military
controversy,
both
issues
were
debated
utilizing
the
leading
edge
analytical
tools
of
the
day.
The
methodology
and
studies
of
the
Net
Evaluation
Subcommittee,
and
the
NESC
itself,
were
at
the
center
of
both
controversies
President
Kennedy
had
campaigned
on
closing
the
missile
gap,
and
both
the
1961
Berlin
Crisis
and
the
1962
Cuban
Missile
Crisis
underscored
the
importance
of
strategic
balance.208
Although
there
was
no
shortage
of
controversy,
this
was
an
area
where
refined
Force-on-Force
analytical
techniques
had
been
in
development
for
over
a
decade
and
one
of
the
leaders
in
using
them
to
inform
the
political
leadership
was
the
Net
Evaluation
Subcommittee.
A
major
initiative
of
Secretary
McNamara
was
in
developing
a
robust
but
not
open
ended
rational
for
American
strategic
force
levels
particularly
the
fielding
of
the
new
generation
Minuteman
ICBMs
to
offset
the
growing
vulnerability
of
manned
bombers.209
In
his
memorandum
to
the
President,
the
SecDef
based
much
of
his
initial
targeting
207 208
Kennedy, Interview with James E. Goodby, op cit. Desmond Ball, Politics and Force Levels: The Strategic Missile Program in the Kennedy Administration, (Berkley, CA: University of California Press, 1981). 209 The first requirement is clearly to maintain our nuclear strike power as a realistic, effective deterrent against Soviet initiation of major wars. We can no longer hop to have such a deterrent merely by maintaining a larger stockpile of nuclear weapons. Our weapons must be hardened, dispersed, and mobile so that they can survive an enemy attack, and they must be equipped with the most sophisticated devices necessary to penetrate enemy defenses. Robert S. McNamara, Address before the Fellows of the American Bar Foundation, (Chicago, IL: 17 February 1962), quoted in Kaufmann, The McNamara Strategy, op cit: pp. 74-75.
55
priorities
and
missile
allocation
derived
from
studies
performed
in
June
1961
by
the
Staff
of
the
Net
Evaluation
Subcommittee,
under
the
direction
of
Lieutenant
General
Thomas
Hickey.210
Likewise,
when
the
JCS
responded,
they
also
deferred
to
NESC
data
and
analysis.211
In
theory,
the
strategic
analysis
of
the
Net
Evaluation
Subcommittee
should
have
continued
to
provide
common
ground
between
the
civilian
strategists
and
military
leadership,
but
all
too
soon
those
in
the
middle
of
the
road
got
hit
from
both
directions.
First,
the
JCS
used
the
unfinished
research
of
the
NESC
as
an
excuse
to
prevaricate;212
and
then
OSD
responded
with
a
17
page
attack
on
Subcommittee
methodology
in
the
snide
condescension
that
came
to
characterize
whiz
kid
critique.213
The
underlying
issue
was
fundamentally
not
one
of
force
structure,
resources
or
NESC
methodology
but
the
philosophy
of
controlled
response
strategy.
With
a
December
22
memorandum
to
McNamara,
Charles
J.
Hitch,
Assistant
Secretary
of
Defense
(Comptroller),
enclosed
a
17-page
evaluation
of
the
Hickey
Report.
In
the
memorandum
Hitch
stated
that
his
evaluation
concluded
that
the
requirements
for
a
controlled
response
strategy
were
exaggerated
in
the
Hickey
study,
and
its
feasibility
underestimated.
I
see
no
reason
why
we
cannot
have
a
satisfactory
posture
for
a
controlled
response
strategy
by
1964
if
not
sooner.
I
reject
the
suggestion
implicit
in
the
Hickey
Study
that
all
of
these
advanced
capabilities
must
be
achieved
before
it
makes
sense
to
abandon
the
spasm
war
concept.
There
was
nothing
in
the
Hickey
study
210
Robert S. McNamara, Draft Memorandum From Secretary of Defense McNamara to President Kennedy, (23 September 1961), Foreign Relations of the United States, 1961-1963 Volume VIII, National Security Policy, Document 46, pp. 138-152. The cited Net Evaluation Subcommittee work was: A Study of Requirements for U.S. Strategic Systems: Preliminary Report, dated June 1961. (Washington National Records Center, RG 330, OSD Files: FRC 65 A 3463, 381 Hickey Report 19 Apr 61). 211 General L.L. Lemnitzer, Chairman , Joint Chiefs of Staff, Memorandum From the Joint Chiefs of Staff to Secretary of Defense McNamara, (17 November 1961), Foreign Relations of the United States, 1961-1963 Volume VIII, National Security Policy, Document 54, pp. 195-197. 212 Since a final report of General Hickey's group is expected in December, it is assumed that a more definitive exposition of target destruction requirements can thereby be expected. Ibid. 213 The final Net Evaluation Subcommittee was titled: A Study of Requirements for U.S. Strategic Systems: Final Report, (1 December 1961) which concluded that controlled response strategy could not be implemented until late in the 1960s because a number of necessary advanced weapons systems such as Advanced Minuteman and a manned reconnaissance strike aircraft would not be available until then. (National Archives and Records Administration, RG 218, JCS Records, JMF 4700 (1 Jun 61) Sec 1A). The critique was authored by: Charles J. Hitch, Assistant Secretary of Defense (Comptroller), Memorandum to McNamara, (22 December 1961), (Washington National Records Center, RG 330, OSD Files: FRC 65 A 3463, 381 Hickey Report 19 April 61), ibid.
56
necessitating a change in the decisions you have already made for FY 1963 procurement.214
The
Kennedy
Administration
wanted
to
reduce
the
spasm
effect
of
a
full
strategic
strike
by
introducing
various
options
of
numerical
restraint
and
target
withhold
short
of
Armageddon
while
the
JCS
believed
that
the
best
chance
of
limiting
damage
to
the
US
homeland
and
saving
American
lives
was
to
go
ugly
early.215
In
retrospect
this
was
not
an
issue
that
was
going
to
be
decided
by
sharp
pencils
and
simulations:
no
matter
which
way
it
went,
both
sides
were
literally
playing
with
fire
in
making
assumptions
about
human
nature
in
a
nuclear
exchange.216
For
the
next
three
years
the
issue
of
controlled
response
strategy
was
at
the
heart
of
the
internal
American
strategic
debate.
In
early
1963,
President
Kennedy
issued
the
following
Directive:
The
NESC
will
develop
studies
of
a
series
of
general
wars
initiated
yearly
during
the
period
1963
through
1968.
Comparative
results
in
each
year
war
will
be
determined
with
emphasis
on
the
degree
of
damage
sustained
by
the
US
and
an
analysis
will
be
made
to
identify
significant
trends
in
national
defense
capabilities.217
Based
on
Presidential
tasking,
the
NESC
laid
out
a
careful
research
program
focused
on
attempts
to
limit
the
mass
casualty
effects
of
an
initial
US/Soviet
strategic
nuclear
exchange.218
In
the
words
of
the
only
civilian
assigned
to
the
NESC:
214 215
Hitch, Memorandum to McNamara, op cit. In the infamous words of Lt. General Ray Sitton, who had served as Strategic Air Command Deputy Chief for Plans and Deputy Chief for Operations, and latter J-3 Director for Operations, Joint Staff, JCS. In context the quote was: Look Karber, civilian strategists in peacetime ask how many Russians can we hold hostage but in wartime military operators are going to be asked by the President: how many American lives can you save. The answer to that question is not to play games with limited strike options, but throw the kitchen sink at them in one mass strike go ugly early. Gen. Sitton to P.A. Karber during DoD CPX Proud Prophet, March 1983, where the former played CJCS stand in for JCS Chairman Jack Vessey and the latter was surrogate for SecDef Caspar Weinberger. 216 A point made by Thomas C. Schelling, Assumptions about Enemy Behavior, in Analysis for Military Decisions: The RAND Lectures on Systems Analysis, edited by Edward S. Quade, (Chicago, IL: Rand McNally, 1966): pp. 199-216. 217 Presidential tasking cited in: Oral Report, Net Evaluation Subcommittee, National Security Council, (227 August 1963), [Excised copy, FOIA release, formerly TOP SECRET], NARA, Record Group 218. Joint Chiefs of Staff Records (RG 218), Chairman's Files, Records Of Maxwell Taylor, box 25, 381 Net Evaluation, as 8. A Period of Nuclear Stalemate, In Special Collection: Some Key Documents on Nuclear Policy Issues, 1945-1990, edited by William Burr, National Security Archive, (15 June 2007), at < http://www.gwu.edu/~nsarchiv/nukevault/special/index.htm#9 > [accessed 12 March 2010]. 218 Defined as the complete exchange of strategic nuclear offensive weapons in their initial attacks and does not include restrike, reserve, or residual capabilities. Ibid: p. 6.
57
there was a feeling, particularly among the top people in the Kennedy administration, that Eisenhower had let the whole nuclear weapons issue get too much out of hand, and that there were a lot of nuclear weapons around, and that the idea of a nuclear war was just kind of a spasm war -- everything lets fly and you dont know how to stop it. And there were a lot of people in the Cambridge group, Harvard and MIT, that thought that should change. And one of them was a man named Thomas Schelling, quite a prominent figure in academic circles, who had done a lot of work on games and modeling of various diplomatic situations as well. He persuaded Walt Rostow that there ought to be a study of what was called war management and termination. And the basic idea was to try to get away from the idea of just sort of a massive, all-out attack on the Soviet Union and try to think about a more managed kind of conflict, and especially how do you stop that kind of a nuclear war. Walt persuaded Maxwell Taylor, who was then the chairman of the Joint Chiefs at that point, to use an NSC apparatus [the Net Evaluation Subcommittee], over which the Joint Chiefs had control, to do this study of war management and termination. According to Goodby, the military staff on the NESC were very skeptical of this idea of war management and termination. And I think they had good right to be, at that particular point, because we couldnt do it; there wasnt the command and control capacity to manage a nuclear war. And they didnt really feel that nuclear war was something that you ought to treat as a conventional war. And, on that issue, I shared their point of view one hundred percent. In other words, the idea that you would consider nuclear weapons the same as kind of a nuclear artillery and plan to use it in increments did not really appeal to me, at least at that point. And, at that point, it simply wasnt feasible to do it anyway, because we just didnt have the tools to do it with. To me, this whole idea of, well, if we send a message by one explosion here that takes out a city of 50,000, theyll do this. these things are so terribly destructive that I cant imagine a military commander, once it started, saying, Well, gee, they sent a better signal than we did, therefore were going to quit. I think there was a feeling among the military that these were horrendous weapons that really would come close to destroying civilization. their basic idea was that if you get into a war, you do not hold back, you do not give the enemy the initiative. And their worry was that, okay, you send a signal by a nuclear weapon, and you give the enemy the initiative, and he comes back with everything he has. And their preference would be, if were going to get into a nuclear war, then lets go in it with everything we have and hope for the best. And that was the basic philosophy.219
219
58
On
this
issue,
the
uniformed
military
were
generally
on
one
side,
the
Administrations
civilian
strategists
on
the
other,
with
the
Net
Evaluation
Subcommittee
in
the
middle.
Thus,
the
net
evaluation
project
for
1963
was
directed
to
study
The
Management
and
Termination
of
War
with
the
Soviet
Union.220
The
terms
of
reference
were
developed
by
an
interagency
panel
headed
by
Walt
W.
Rostow,
Counselor
and
Chairman,
Policy
Planning
Council,
Department
of
State,
and
were
based
on
the
report
of
an
interdepartmental
group
under
Mr.
Thomas
C.
Schelling
which
examined
certain
long-range
aspects.221
The
NESC
did
a
thorough
job
of
studying
the
issues
and
concluded
that
full
consideration
must
be
given
to
the
problems
of
war
management
and
termination
in
all
planning
for
war
and
that
doing
so
will
increase
the
likelihood
of
a
successful
application
of
political
actions
and
military
forces
to
deter
the
Soviet
Union
from
intensifying
a
war
should
one
occur
as
well
as
cause
Soviet
leaders
to
seek
to
end
the
war
under
conditions
acceptable
to
the
US.222
The
study
was
very
balanced
in
its
assessment
and
in
differentiating
what
was
desirable
from
what
was
likely.
What
the
general
issue
of
limited
nuclear
war
raised,
and
the
NESC
was
uncovering,
was
the
radical
redefinition
of
the
role
and
220
A Study of the Management and Termination of War with the Soviet Union, (Washington, DC: The Staff of the Net Evaluation Subcommittee of the National Security Council, 15 November 1963). 221 Walt W. Rostow and Thomas C. Schelling, Terms of Reference, (undated), Appendix, ibid: pp. 73-76: It is US policy to develop a capability so that, in the event of war with the USSR, military force can be used in a discriminating manner, to bring about a cessation on terms acceptable to the United States, to deter Soviet anti-population attacks on the USA and its allies, and to avoid unnecessary damage in enemy countries. Terms for cessation could be both political and military. The US war aim would not be unconditional destruction. Detailed plans for the coordination of military forces with war objectives and negotiations appear neither feasible nor desirable. Detailed planning can help to assure that military forces, information and communication, operational plans, decision procedures, and possibly enemy expectations, are adapted to this concept of war conduct. The ways in which this concept might be carried out should be expected to vary over time. The following planning tasks are essential to the concept. 1. The possible stopping points in war with the USSR; 2. The information and communications that would be available, and that can be developed, to support this concept; 3. Criteria for targeting; 4. The forces best suited for the terminal stage of war, for secure policing of a truce, and for post- war security and support of war aims; 5. Decision and negotiation in war. 222 A Study of the Management and Termination of War with the Soviet Union, op cit: pp. 67-72.
59
responsibility of the Commander-in-Chief in the nuclear age.223 It highlighted the uncertainties involved in trying to fight a limited nuclear war, but constructively identified ways of reducing them. These included: Anticipatory Planning;224 Creation of a National Command Center;225 Establishing a Reconnaissance system for pre-war, intra-war and post-war monitoring and its direct link to the National Command Center.226
If
the
United
States
was
going
to
fight
a
nuclear
war,
let
alone
attempt
a
controlled
response
strategy
these
would
be
essential,
and
their
absence
reinforced
the
impression
that
promotion
of
limited
options
was
way
ahead
of
the
ability
to
execute
them.227
The
NESC
study
ran
afoul
of
the
Administration
in
three
areas.
First,
in
asking
for
clearer
strategy
guidance228
and
recommending
an
expansion
of
the
NSC
to
223
In an escalating war situation, there are inherent stopping points which could be exploited to US advantage by deliberate war management practices. However, the problem of deciding between alternative course of action at these important turning points would be complex. To be effective, they would have to be supported by an evaluation of military actions relative to political aims. Since the most critical of these decisions would involve consideration of changing the level or intensity of warfare they would require Presidential action. In all the situations examined it was clear that the President must exercise his role as Commander-in-Chief in a manner not previously required. The President must be supported by a mechanism which can bring to rapid focus those political and military factors which relate to the existing situation as well as to provide previously considered judgements [sic] of the possible consequences of the courses of action being considered. In particular, he must have available his chief political and military advisors who can be supported at the command center by staff and a continuing flow of information. Such an organization should not be assembled on an ad hoc basis, but rather must have existed prior to the need arising and have been operating in an integrated political-military environment. Ibid: p. 70. 224 Increase sophistication in the control and management of wars involving the threat of nuclear escalation will require an extraordinary degree of anticipatory planning in order to ensure that the President is provided with the means to make timely, considered decisions and the assurance that a wide range of possible decisions can be properly carried out. Such anticipatory planning would encompass specific actions such as: Adoption of procedure to acquaint the President with examples of the types of decisions he may be called upon to make under conditions of extreme urgency and adoption of means to ensure that his principal advisors are continuously able to provide the most accurate and timely joint evaluation of his military, political and economic consequences of alternative course of action. Ibid: pp. 70-71. 225 Adopt the concept of a National Command Center organized, staffed, and equipped wherein the President and his key advisors, both civilian and military, assemble for managing a war. Ibid: p. 72. 226 Ibid. 227 A point made repeatedly by Herman Kahn, On Thermonuclear War, (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1960). 228 What is sought is war planning which is more effective because national objectives and war aims are more precisely defined. What is also sought is a common understanding by political and military
60
provide
the
Commander-in-Chief
with
his
own
war
planning
staff
in
peacetime229
it
clashed
with
the
Secretary
of
Defense
who
responded
with
intense
antagonism.230
In
trying
to
honestly
develop
controlled
response
options,
the
NESC
brief-out231
managed
to
unintentionally
convince
President
Kennedy
that
whatever
window
of
opportunity
may
have
made
limited
nuclear
war
feasible
or
desirable,
it
was
rapidly
closing.232
General
Taylor
presented
the
Net
Evaluation
Subcommittee
report2
and
introduced
General
Leon
Johnson,
with
the
suggestion
that
the
President
might
wish
to
question
him
about
the
report.
The
President
asked
whether,
even
if
we
attack
the
USSR
first,
the
loss
to
the
planners
of
the
possible
effects
of
alternative
courses
of
action
once
war
has
begun.
The
latter
process
could
be
of
most
importance
since
it
could
be
a
means
whereby
the
President
and
his
principal
advisors,
in
review
such
plans,
could
be
made
aware
of
the
nature
of
decisions
which
would
confront
them
should
contingency
plans
be
implemented.
A
Study
of
the
Management
and
Termination
of
War
with
the
Soviet
Union,
op
cit:
pp.
67-68.
229
Recommendation.
That
a
subcommittee
of
the
National
Security
Council
be
formed
which
would
have
the
overall
responsibility
for
the
integration
of
political
and
military
factors
in
the
provision
of
guidance
for
war
planning
at
the
national
level.
This
subcommittee,
which
would
be
composed
of
senior
members
of
agencies
represented
on
the
NSC,
would
operate
on
a
permanent
basis
to
the
end
that
the
President
is
provided
with
the
means
to
make
timely
considered
decisions
on
the
basis
of
a
full
appreciation
of
all
of
the
political-military
aspects
which
may
result
from
adoption
of
alternative
courses
of
action.
Ibid:
p.
72.
230
Walt
W.
Rostow,
Memorandum
From
the
Chairman
of
the
Policy
Planning
Council
and
Counselor
of
the
Department
of
State
to
Secretary
of
State
Rusk,
(23
July
1963),
Foreign
Relations
of
the
United
States,
1961-1963
Volume
VIII,
National
Security
Policy,
Document
136,
pp.
489-490.
I
should
report
to
you
the
state
of
the
BNSP
[Basic
National
Security
Policy]
in
the
Pentagon.
You
will
recall
that,
at
Secretary
McNamara's
request,
you
referred
the
draft
BNSP
back
for
another
round
of
work
which
would
give
the
JCS
a
chance
to
thrash
out
its
views
with
DOD.
After
that
work
had
gone
forward
nearly
to
resolution
Secretary
McNamara
shifted
his
earlier
favorable
view
to
a
judgment
that
the
BNSP
was
not
necessary
for
the
conduct
of
his
business.
Thus,
so
far
as
the
Pentagon
is
now
concerned
the
BNSP
is
dead.
Whatever
the
limitations
inherent
in
any
such
document,
I
doubt
that
it
will
redound
to
the
credit
of
our
Administration
that
we
failed
to
thrash
out
any
successor
document.
A
BNSP
obviously
cannot
substitute
for
specific
policy
judgments;
and
it
should
not
tie
the
President's
hands.
But
it
can
provide
an
occasion
for
debating
and
defining
the
bone
structure
of
policy
and
communicating
it
to
the
troops.
For
further
discussion
of
the
BNSP
strategy
guidance
debate,
see:
Walter
S.
Poole,
The
History
of
the
Joint
Chiefs
of
Staff:
The
Joint
Chiefs
of
Staff
and
National
Policy,
Vol.
VIII:
1961-1964
Part
I,
The
Structure
of
National
Defense,
(Washington,
DC:
Department
of
Defense,
1998):
p.
18.
231
Gen.
Leon
Johnson,
USAF,
Director,
Net
Evaluation
Subcommittee,
Oral
Report,
Net
Evaluation
Subcommittee,
National
Security
Council,
(27
August
1963),
[Excised
copy,
FOIA
release,
formerly
TOP
SECRET],
NARA,
Record
Group
218.
Joint
Chiefs
of
Staff
Records
(RG
218),
Chairman's
Files,
Records
of
Maxwell
Taylor,
Box
25,
381
Net
Evaluation,
as
8.
A
Period
of
Nuclear
Stalemate,
in
Special
Collection:
Some
Key
Documents
on
Nuclear
Policy
Issues,
1945-1990,
edited
by
William
Burr,
National
Security
Archive,
(15
June
2007),
at
<
http://www.gwu.edu/~nsarchiv/nukevault/special/index.htm#9
>
[accessed
12
Mar.
2010].
232
The
NESC
briefing
for
President
Kennedy
was
one
of
the
most
important
turning
points
in
his
Administrations
nuclear
strategy.
61
U.S. would be unacceptable to political leaders. General Johnson replied that it would be, i.e. even if we preempt, surviving Soviet capability is sufficient to produce an unacceptable loss in the US. The President asked whether then in fact we are in a period of nuclear stalemate. General Johnson replied that we are. The President said these fatality figures were much higher than those he had heard recently in Omaha.4 As he recalled it, SAC estimated 12 million casualties. General Taylor said these were higher casualty figures than the President had ever seen. Today's figures include two new factors: 1. Soviet weapons were targeted on U.S. cities. 2. The use by the Soviets of huge megaton weapons was included in the computations for the first time. General Johnson replied that no matter what we do we can't get below 51 million casualties in the event of a nuclear exchange.233 PresidentI have been told that if I ever released a nuclear weapon on the battlefield I should start a pre-emptive attack on the Soviet Union as the use of nuclear weapons was bound to escalate and we might as well get the advantage by going first. SpeakerGen. JohnsonStated he did not consider this necessarily true under the circumstances which exist.234
A
period
of
nuclear
stalemate
was
in
direct
contradiction
with
NATOs
declaratory
MC-14/2
Deterrent
Strategy
which
depended
upon
American
willingness
to
initiate
early
strategic
strikes
in
the
event
of
a
failing
conventional
defense.
Thus,
the
NESC
briefing
brought
to
a
head
the
nuclear
linkage
between
US
intercontinental
strategic
forces
and
NATO
committed
assets
at
the
theater
level
particularly
the
role
and
vulnerability
of
forward
based
strike
aircraft
at
a
time
the
administration
was
trying
to
create
a
firebreak
between
Europes
conventional
defense
and
nuclear
deterrence.
Of
the
wide
variety
of
strategic
issues
addressed
during
the
McNamara
tenure,
with
topics
ranging
from
intercontinental
nuclear
exchange
to
the
Vietnam
War,
none
cut
to
the
core
of
strategy
development
like
the
debates
associated
with
the
Administrations
push
to
convert
NATO
war
plans
to
Flexible
Response.
233
Bromley Smith, Summary Record of the 517th Meeting of the National Security Council: Report of the Net Evaluation Subcommittee, (12 September 1963), Foreign Relations of the United States, 1961- 1963 Volume VIII, National Security Policy, Document 141, pp. 499-507. 234 Resume of Discussion during the NESC Briefing of 12 September 1963, attached to ibid.
62
One of the first major policy changes ought by the Kennedy administration in 196` was to reduce the reliance on nuclear weapons for deterrence and defense and increase the reliance on conventional forces, especially in NATO. This change in strategy was not officially adopted by NATO unit May 1967. During the interval, millions of words were written and spoken, both in this country and in Europe, regarding the merits and implications of this change.235
Under
Secretary
McNamaras
direction,
the
Enthoven
Systems
Analysis
group
had
been
attempting
to
measure
the
Central
European
convention
balance,
in
part
to
identify
the
prospects
for
conventional
defense,
and
in
part
to
generate
support
for
the
idea.
Fig.
3
148 How Much ls Enough? M-Day
Land
Forces
in
the
European
Central
Region
in
Mid-1968
Table 3. M-Day Land Forces in the European Genler Regiono in Mid-1968 Force Divisions Manpower in Divisions Manpower in Division Forces Riflemen (NATO as percent of Pact) Equipment (NATO as percent of Pact): Tanks Antitank Weapons Armored PersonnelCarriers (APC's) Artillery and Mortars (number of tubes) Divisional Logistic Lift Total Vehicles Engineers NATO 28-2/3b 389,000 677,O00 l0AVo 55Vo l50Vo 730Vo l00Vo l50Vo 135Vo l37Vo Warsaw Pact
460
368,000 619,000
Notes: " Center region includes West Germany, Belgium, The Netherlands, and France for NATO; East Germany, Poland, and Czechoslovakiafor the Pact. DIncludes five French divisions. o Twenty-two of which are Soviet, and twenty-four of which are East European, including eight Czech.
These types of static side-by-side comparisons popularized by Systems Analysis L0,000 men, while a West German division has 20,000 men. The throughout the 1960s hdivisionpositive and negative aspects haserms of assessing a average NATO ad both force in the center region in t about 23,600 men (actual peacetime strength), compared with about 1.3,500 for major theater military balance. On the constructive side, they made a contribution the average Pact division force. The average U.S. division force has by: about 19.Q00 men. In the face of such enormous differences in size, 235 on either Program, 1 only lead to discussionsSmith, How Much is Enough? Shaping the Defense side can 961-1969, op cit: p. Enthoven and of the number of divisions 117. gross misunderstanding of the situation and, more seriously, to strategiesof despair. l' The fact of roughly equal manpower is particularly significant. A 63 I, soldier, unlike a division, i, u relatively equivalent unit, if he is simi|larly trained and equipped by either NATO or the Pact. Also, as
b o
Defining different categories of weaponry and not relying on the traditional division counts that had been quite misleading; Trying to compare apples to apples by differentiating active versus low ready and reserve forces; Carefully delimiting the geographic scope of the comparison; and where military assets were being counted; Contrasting the different approaches to logistics and support; and Highlighting anomalies and inconsistencies. A tendency to downplay or paper over disturbing asymmetries for example, the Warsaw Pact advantage in offensive tank and armored formations; A tendency to tip the scales in counting for example, including quarter ton Jeeps in NATOs truck count, which made 30% difference for blue, but was not a factor for red; A tendency to make optimistic assumptions about NATO mobilization and reaction time; A tendency to highlight differences between American forces and Soviet, but ignore equal or even greater anomolies between US and NATO units; A tendency to pretend that Nuclear Weapons were out of the equation, when in fact both sides had thousands deployed and dual capable systems were a major feature of the forces as well as future contingency plans; and, A tendency to treat side-by-side comparisons as if they reflected military face-to-face combat and with it the utter disregard of military operational planning.
On the other hand, there were also serious flaws in the approach;
Unfortunately
for
the
credibility
of
the
comparative
process,
most
of
the
negatives
appeared
to
not
just
be
issues
associated
with
bean
counting
but
reflected
a
less
than
honest
effort
to
load
the
analytical
dice
and
use
weighted
scales
to
sell
a
political
message.
The
Net
Evaluation
Subcommittee
study
plan
for
1964
focused
on
the
NATO- Warsaw
Pact
military
balance
in
Central
Europe.
This
was
the
first
time
the
NESC
had
focused
on
a
major
theater
where
the
complexity
of
conventional,
tactical
nuclear
and
strategic
nuclear
forces
overlapped.
Secretary
of
State
found
the
study
interesting;
There
are
some
findings
of
the
report
on
which
I
should
like
to
comment.
First,
I
agree
completely
that
political
and
psychological
factors
will
be
important,
and
in
some
situations
may
be
determining,
in
the
decisions
to
release
nuclear
64
weapons. It is for this reason that I have always felt that we need not only a wide range of options, but also effective means for exercising initial and continuing control by the President, over the use of all types of nuclear weapons. I believe it would be helpful, if it has not already been done, to brief the President on what can and cannot be accomplished with existing systems and procedures in exercising selective control over the use of tactical nuclear weapons in Europe. We should then seek means of remedying deficiencies in pres-ent control systems. Second, I was impressed by the description of the restrictions of SACEUR's flexibility in the use of NATO forces in limited aggression situations. I concur in the judgment that situations may arise in which the risk inherent in degrading NATO's general war posture in Europe is more than offset by the advantages of bringing decisive conventional forces to bear in a limited conflict. While we must exercise considerable care to avoid the impression among our allies that we are prepared to contemplate a World War II conventional hostility limited to Europe, or that we would not carry out our nuclear commitments, it is important that we place our emphasis on the more likely sort of contingencies, with the expectation that in time our allies will agree with the wisdom of such action. This suggests that SACEUR should prepare, by the way of planning or training, more than he has in the past for contingencies in which some degrading of his general war posture is permitted by higher authority in order to cope with a limited conflict. In particular, I would hope additional effort would be directed at the problem of unpremeditated conflict arising from the present unsettled situation in Central Europe. I understand that this, and other ideas to improve SACEUR's capabilities for situations less than general war are under continuing discussions among Ambassador Thompson, Mr. McNaughton and General Goodpaster. I hope that we will be able to reach a considered judgment about this matter at an early date. Third, I fully endorse the position that there should be continuing inter-agency work on improving our crisis management capability, to include a timely development of contingency plans identifying the politico-military courses of action in anticipation of a crisis. Pursuant to an exchange of correspondence between the Secretary of Defense and me, we have established a small senior level coordinating committee precisely to fill this need. Fourth, I am entirely in accord with the suggestion that there should be close State-Defense collaboration in developing the portions of the JSCP and JSOP having to do with national and military objectives and strategic concepts.236
Rusk
concluded
by
assuring
the
JSC
that
we
will
make
every
effort
to
avoid
creating
delays
in
the
JSCP
and
JSOP
timetables
as
a
result
of
Department
of
State
participation.
236
Dean Rusk, Letter From Secretary of State Rusk to the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff (Wheeler), (23 November `964), Foreign Relations of the United States, 19641968 Volume X, National Security Policy, Document 62, pp. 180-181.
65
conducted
in
1964
between
the
US,
its
Allies,
and
the
Soviet
Bloc
based
on
current
U.S.
war
plans
with
the
overall
purpose
to
evaluate
the
validity
and
feasibility
of
this
type
of
analysis
as
a
basis
for
providing
guidance
for
political-military
planning.237
As
one
of
the
participants
remembers,
I
stayed
with
the
Net
Evaluation
Subcommittee
for
another
study,
and
the
next
one
was
on
NATO.
But:
there
we
also
ran
into
a
disagreement
with
the
top
people
in
the
Kennedy
Administration;
not
over
fundamentals,
but
over
implementation
mainly.
What
Kennedy
wanted
to
do
was
to
change
NATO
strategy
away
from
the
idea
of
heavy
reliance
on
nuclear
weapons,
which
was
the
Eisenhower
notion,
and
to
what
was
called
Flexible
Response,
something
that
Maxwell
Taylor
had
been
advocating
for
a
long
time
and
that
Kennedy
felt
was
the
right
approach.
That
doctrine
said
that
you
do
not
use
nuclear
weapons
automatically,
you
try
first
to
see
what
you
can
do
with
conventional,
in
effect.
I
supported
the
basic
policy
and
hoped,
in
a
study
that
we
were
asked
to
do
in
that
Evaluation
Subcommittee,
that
it
would
be
shown
that
that
was
a
feasible
policy.
Well,
we
traveled
to
Europe
and
talked
to
a
lot
of
military
commanders
and
concluded
that
in
order
to
have
a
successful
conventional
defense,
there
was
a
great
deal
of
work
that
needed
to
be
done.
You
just
couldnt
adopt
that
kind
of
a
strategy
without
making
some
pretty
significant
changes
in
the
way
the
military
was
structured,
and
basically
said
that
in
our
report
to
the
NSC.
Briefed
Maxwell
Taylor
on
it,
who
was
a
little
taken
aback,
but
not
nearly
as
taken
aback
as
Robert
McNamara,
the
Secretary
of
Defense.
We
briefed
him
on
the
findings
of
the
report
one
morning,
and
he
was
highly
critical
and
said
we
hadnt
taken
various
things
into
account.
And
of
course
there
were
some
things
we
hadnt
taken
into
account.
Our
basic
stance,
though,
was
not
that
we
were
quarreling
with
the
idea
that
we
ought
to
have
a
good
conventional
defense
in
Europe,
but
that
we
were
moving
too
fast
in
trying
to
persuade
the
NATO
countries
that
it
should
be
done
basically
overnight.
The
result
of
that
was
that
the
Net
Evaluation
Subcommittee
was
essentially
discontinued.238
Lest
the
intent
be
missed,
the
interviewer
asked:
What
was
the
motivation
behind
McNamaras
disagreeing?
And:
Was
it
because
you
were
running
against
what
was
essentially
a
political
decision
and
you
were
coming
up
with,
say,
the
hard
facts,
that
this
wont
[work]?
Answer:
Yes,
essentially
thats
what
it
was.
Thus,
in
the
name
of
maintaining
the
Pentagon
on
message,
McNamara
fired
for
effect
in
a
Memorandum
to
President
Johnson:
Having
studied
the
1964
Report,
I
do
not
feel
that
a
brief
survey
of
this
type
qualifies
as
a
basis
for
planning
guidance.
As
a
broad
survey
of
the
problem,
it
237
Robert S. McNamara, Draft Memorandum From Secretary of Defense McNamara to President , Johnson (undated), Foreign Relations of the United States, 19641968 Volume X, National Security Policy, pp. 201-203. 238 Kennedy, Interview with James E. Goodby, op cit.
66
is not without merit; but our strategic planning today is increasingly based upon more detailed studies of specific problem areas, such as those included on the Secretary of Defense's annual Project List and other studies conducted by the Joint Staff and military departments.239 The economy involved in eliminating a major study group is obvious. We can, I feel, make better use of our limited study skills while simultaneously improving the product delivered to the consumer. Participation in DoD studies by other government agencies is, of course, welcomed when warranted by the subject matter. Similarly, we remain responsive to requests for study reports from other interested agencies of the government. In summary, while the annual study program of the NESC had value and relevance in 1958, its contribution today is marginal when compared to the battery of specific studies which have become major functions of the JCS and DoD during the intervening years. It therefore appears logical to terminate the requirement for the NESC.240
The
final
coup
d
gras
was
the
last
sentence:
Attached
is
a
draft
implementing
directive
for
signature.
The
response
of
the
JCS
was
telling
and
ironic.
Originally,
in
the
mid-1950s,
they
had
felt
that
a
special
study
group
reporting
to
the
Commander-in-Chief
infringed
on
their
prerogatives.
However,
throughout
the
late
1950s
and
early
1960s,
the
Net
Evaluation
Subcommittee
had
done
yeoman
service
and
been
a
very
constructive
process
of
reconciling
military
strategy
with
national
policy
in
a
reflective
and
recursive
process.
Where
the
JCS
had
been
a
major
force
at
the
beginning
of
the
Kennedy
Administration
and
often
a
source
of
contention
within
it,
by
the
mid-1960s:
The
Joint
Chiefs
of
Staff
were
composed
primarily
of
men
little
known
to
the
public
me
with
no
real
public
image.
The
were
not
yes
men,
but
they
were
selected
by
the
president
and
Mr.
McNamara
because
if
was
felt
they
would
not
kick
over
the
traces.
The
were
not
men
who
would
pound
the
table.
They
were
not
strong
Chiefs
of
Staff
in
the
tradition
of
Ernie
King
or
George
Marshall.241
In
this
light,
it
is
interesting
to
note
the
reaction
of
the
JCS
Chairman
to
McNamaras
239
For example, the Special Studies Group (SSG) of the Joint Chiefs of Staff has developed a broader base of expertise than that of the NESC staff. Both groups have explored similar issues, used the same sources of input, obtained the same computer support and have performed the same type of analysis. Because of the close relationship of strategic studies to forces, the budget, and other on-going Defense Department studies, the usefulness of the SSG studies has been understandably greater than the annual survey of the NESC. McNamara, Draft Memorandum From Secretary of Defense McNamara to , President Johnson op cit. 240 Ibid. 241 Baldwin, Strategy for Tomorrow, op cit: p. 13.
67
Earle G. Wheeler, Chairman Joint Chiefs of Staff, Issues Regarding National Planning Raised by the 1964 NESC Report (U), (4 February 1965), Memorandum From the Joint Chiefs of Staff to Secretary of Defense McNamara.
68
Presidential
order
with
little
fanfare,
no
eulogy
for
its
long
existence
and
many
contributions
--
no
one
attended
the
funeral.243
There
was
a
post-script
however.
Even
though
the
Administration
finally
won
its
political
battle
to
have
Flexible
Response
adopted
by
the
Alliance,
the
adoption
of
a
new
strategy
did
not
satiate
the
need
for
net
evaluation.
In
fact,
three
post-mortem
examples
underscore
that
point.
First,
the
ink
was
not
even
dry
on
the
NESC
death
warrant
when
the
State
Department,
noting
that
similar
issues
related
to
conventional-nuclear
forces
and
strategic
issues
of
targeting
restraint
were
associated
with
the
rise
of
new
nuclear
power
in
Asia,
asked
for
a
similar
type
of
project
be
established
related
to
China.244
Second,
as
the
US
attempted
to
revive
arms
control
discussions
with
the
Soviet
Union,
various
intelligence
issues
that
could
impact
the
strategic
balance
kept
recurring,
and
it
was
not
uncommon
for
observers
to
note:
There
is
no
agreed-upon
or
disagreed-upon
net
evaluation
243
Bromley Smith, Memorandum From the Executive Secretary of the National Security Council (Smith) to All Holders of NSC 5816, (23 March 1965), Foreign Relations of the United States, 1964 1968 Volume X, National Security Policy, Document 82, pp. 228: The President on March 11, 1965, 2 approved the recommendation of the Secretary of Defense that NSC 5816, A Net Evaluation Subcommittee, be rescinded. The Subcommittee, having served its purpose with distinction, was 3 discontinued on March 18 by National Security Action Memorandum No. 327. The type of study which the Subcommittee has conducted since 1958 will be accomplished by other means. Copies of NSC 5816 now in the custody of the member agencies may be destroyed or otherwise disposed of in accordance with the regulations of the member agency relating to the custody and destruction of 4 5 classified materials and with Executive Order 10501, as amended by Executive Order 10964. 244 Dear Bob: The Department of State has no objection to your raising with the President the question of discontinuing the Net Evaluation Subcommittee (NESC) of the National Security Council. The 2 case you present in your draft memorandum of December 23 to the President is a persuasive one and the Department believes the President would be well advised to consider whether he wishes to retain the Subcommittee, at least in its present form. The participation of representatives of this Department in the preparation of strategic studies at the working level has been useful to this Department. Therefore, it is hoped that arrangements can be made to continue such participation. Moreover, although surveys such as the last NESC study may not qualify as a basis for planning guidance, the Department believes that a similar broad survey of a possible major conflict between the United States and Communist China could serve a useful purpose in clarifying issues and highlighting areas which could usefully be the object of more detailed consideration. If you agree, we suggest that Ambassador Thompson meet soon with Mr. Vance and General Wheeler to discuss these matters. George W. Ball, Memorandum From Acting Secretary of State Ball to Secretary of Defense McNamara, (28 January 1965), Foreign Relations of the United States, 19641968 Volume X, National Security Policy, p. 205. In fact, a State-Defense working group was set up on China, with at least one overlapping member of the NESC on it, but the focus remained at the political level and there was no serious military balance analysis of the conventional- nuclear issues raised by the PRCs new status as an Nth power. Kennedy, Interview with James E. Goodby, op cit. the next thing we did was an interagency study, more or less the same framework, on China.
69
within the US Government.245 Third, a case could be made that having adopted a new NATO strategy in advance of the material assets necessary to make it viable, the real work (as opposed to salesmanship) had only just begun. In short, the more serious the desire to reduce NATO dependence upon nuclear deterrence, the greater the need for: Detailed balance diagnosis as a reflective monitoring mechanism to calibrate progress (or lack of it); Prognostic trend analysis, to identify key vectors in both sides rapidly changing conventional technology; Prescriptive identification of key transformational technological, force structure and arms control proposal would be needed to first establish a capable conventional defense and then convert it into a credible deterrent.
The fundamental mistake McNamara and President Johnson made was to assume that because Systems Analysis had done a couple of studies in the mid-1960s, this would be enough to break Alliance drift and Pentagon institutional inertia: it wasnt. Indeed, toward the end of the Johnson Administration, when McNamara was
gone
and
NATO
had
already
adopted
Flexible
Response,
General
Maxwell
Taylor,
now
Chairman
of
the
President's
Foreign
Intelligence
Advisory
Board,
sent
an
interesting
recommendation
to
the
President:
In
the
course
of
the
Board's
continuing
appraisal
of
the
adequacy
of
our
Government's
intelligence
coverage
of
Soviet
plans
and
actions
affecting
U.S.
national
security,
we
have
had
discussions
of
the
desirability
of
reinstituting
a
periodic
examination
of
the
relative
strategic
strength
of
the
United
States
and
the
USSR.
We
have
noted
that
the
Net
Evaluation
Subcommittee
of
the
National
Security
Council
which
had
been
charged
with
this
work
was
inactivated
in
1963
and
that
no
other
agency
in
the
government
has
been
given
the
responsibility
for
continuing
an
interdepartmental
analysis
of
this
matter.2
Meanwhile,
from
the
intelligence
point
of
view,
we
see
the
increasing
need
for
reliable
information
on
the
status
of
Soviet
advanced
strategic
military
capabilities,
and
on
related
Soviet
research
and
development
efforts.
Based
on
discussions
with
former
members
of
the
Net
Evaluation
Subcommittee,
our
conclusion
is
that
the
former
evaluation
procedure
would
hardly
be
adequate
to
cope
with
the
current
problem
which
is
now
far
more
245
Memorandum From Spurgeon Keeny of the National Security Council Staff to the President's Special Assistant (Rostow), Subject: CIA Intelligence Report on the Status of the Anti-Missile Defense System for Moscow, (31 May 1966), Foreign Relations of the United States, 19641968 Volume X, National Security Policy, Document 130, pp. 402-405.
70
complex than the one which confronted us in the past. These complexities arise from the growing sophistication of strategic offensive and defensive weapons systems, the many unknown factors with regard to the performance of these new weapons and the sensitivity of the kind of study which we have in mind. The kind of analysis we envision would call for an evaluation of the composition, reliability, effectiveness and vulnerability of the strategic offensive and defensive forces of both sides, to include their command and control systems. It would also call for a close study of the urban-industrial structure of both nations in order to assess the probable effects of strategic attacks on urban-industrial targets. These analyses should be based upon the best available information and foreign intelligence. A by-product of the kind of new study we are discussing would be to focus attention on the gaps in the intelligence data and to accelerate measures to collect the missing pieces. After the development of the best possible understanding of the likely performance of the opposing strategic forces, it should then be possible to construct one or more scenarios for war game purposes in order to measure the interactions of these forces in nuclear war. The results would then permit our best military and scientific minds to draw pertinent conclusions as to the relative strength of our forces and the considerations which should influence future decisions and actions in the strategic field. The agencies interested in such a study and with a contribution to make to it include the White House, State, Defense, JCS, CIA, Justice and AEC. Since the study would draw heavily upon the scientific community, the President's Science Advisory Committee should be included as a participant. Taking into account this breadth of governmental interest, the question arises as to the best way of organizing it. The old Net Evaluation Group did not have adequate scientific support to carry on a study of the scope which we are proposing. Furthermore, it reported through a committee chaired by the Chairman, Joint Chiefs of Staff to the National Security Council. Under present conditions, the Board believes that the proposed study could best be done under the Secretary of Defense acting as executive agent for the President.246 Their bottom line: It is the recommendation of your Board that the Secretary of Defense be directed to prepare proposed terms of reference whereby he would undertake the net
evaluation
studies
in
collaboration
with
the
appropriate
other
government
agencies,
along
the
lines
suggested
above.
The
new
Secretary
of
Defense
Clark
Clifford,
after
consulting
with
JCS
In
response
to
your
request
that
we
look
into
Max
Taylor's
suggestion
for
a
resumption
of
the
sort
of
study
last
conducted
by
the
Net
Evaluation
Subcommittee
of
the
NSC
in
1963,
I
have
had
my
staff
review
existing
studies
to
246
Maxwell D. Taylor, Memorandum From the Chairman of the President's Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board (Taylor) to President Johnson, (9 August 1968), Foreign Relations of the United States, 19641968 Volume X, National Security Policy, Document 211, pp. 732-734.
71
determine whether a new NES-type effort would be worthwhile. Needless to say, the NES studies were initiated in the 1950's at a time when our strategic capabilities were far less than they are today and more significantly for purposes of a new study, we lacked the analytical capability to assess relative U.S. and Soviet performance in various scenarios. General Wheeler and I find that existing current material fully covers the ground of the Net Evaluation studies. Our intelligence in regard to Soviet capabilities has vastly improved, as reflected in periodical NIEs on Soviet strategic offensive and defensive systems, updated versions of both of which will be forthcoming shortly (NIEs 118 and 113). Each year the Joint War Games Agency writes a Soviet objectives plan (RISOP) which they game against our SIOP. These results give us a very detailed evaluation of our near-term capabilities against the Soviets and their capabilities against us. When dealing with capabilities over the next ten years, the DOD strategic force and effectiveness tables, last revised on August 7, 1968, consider relative strengths in a number of different strategic situations, and we have the capability of readily preparing additional tables for any particular scenario not covered. The forthcoming DPM on U.S. strategic and defensive systems also covers much of the same ground. In the light of the availability of this material General Wheeler and I are convinced that it would not be desirable to proceed with a new net evaluation study.
However,
in
a
personal
note
to
Gen.
Taylor,
the
SecDef
was
not
so
negative:
Dear
Max:
Thank
you
for
sending
me
a
copy
of
the
memorandum
you
propose
to
send
to
the
President
in
regard
to
the
FIAB
proposal
for
a
new
Net
Evaluation
Study.2
In
general
you
have
done
justice
in
presenting
my
views,
although
there
are
many
more
evaluations
going
on
than
I
mentioned
in
my
letter
to
Walt
Rostow3
or
than
you
mention
in
your
memorandum
to
the
President.
I
would
like
to
emphasize,
however,
that
while
I
believe
a
new
administration
might
wish
to
have
a
hand
in
initiating
as
far-reaching
a
study
as
you
propose,
my
main
point
is
that
existing
studies
and
existing
coordinating
mechanisms
for
bringing
information
to
bear
on
the
problem
are
adequate
to
do
the
job.
This
is
not
to
say
that
there
are
no
intelligence
gaps,
or
that
we
intend
to
rest
on
the
merits
of
studies
we
have
already
completed.
I
am
convinced,
however,
that
our
current
efforts
are
able
to
identifyand
take
steps
to
fill any
gaps
in
our
intelligence,
our
research
and
development,
and
our
analysis.
I
believe
that
our
current
efforts
have
the
interdepartmental
inputs
that
you
feel
would
be
the
main
benefit
of
your
proposed
study.
What
is
lacking
most
in
our
current
efforts
is
the
relaxed,
long-range
view
that
could
best
be
supplied
by
studies
at
IDA,
Rand,
etc.
I
have
been
promoting
such
studies
and
would
appreciate
your
help
in
focusing
such
studies
on
the
pertinent
issues.
I
have
enclosed
brief
descriptions
of
a
few
of
the
more
important
continuing
efforts
that
we
are
making
to
evaluate
the
relative
strategic
strength
of
the
72
United States and the USSR. I would be glad to provide briefings on any of these efforts to you personally or to the FIAB.247
The
areas
of
study
underway
referenced
by
the
SecDef
included:
1.
Political-Military
War
Games;
2.
RISOP-SIOP
War
Games;
3.
Post-Nuclear
Attack
Study;
4.
Strategic
Forces
Draft
Presidential
Memorandum;
5.
DoD
Strategic
Force
and
Effectiveness
Tables;
6.
Study
of
Sub-SIOP
Options;
7.
National
Intelligence
Estimates
and
Projections.248
What
was
not
on
that
list,
is
where
the
NESC
had
left
off
the
interrelationship
between
the
Conventional
force
balance
in
Europe,
its
relationship
with
dual- capable
and
theater
nuclear
forces,
and
the
continued
dependence
of
NATOs
new
strategy
of
Flexible
Response
upon
nuclear
options.
Thus,
while
Maxwell
Taylor
and
the
FIAB
appreciated
the
work
being
done
as
outlined
by
Clifford,249
it
was
not
an
accident,
that,
following
the
election,
they
reported:
Comparative
Evaluations
of
Military
Capabilities.
The
Board
believes
that
national
security
interests
would
benefit
from
the
establishment
of
an
interagency
mechanism
(representing
civilian
and
military
departments
and
agencies)
for
making
periodic,
comparative
evaluations
of
the
military
offensive
and
defensive
capabilities
of
the
U.S.
and
the
USSR.
It
is
important
that
this
be
an
interdepartmental
effort
involving
as
participants
all
appropriate
elements
of
the
Executive
Branch.
We
envisage
that
from
time
to
time
this
body
would
evaluate
the
composition,
reliability,
effectiveness
and
vulnerability
of
the
offensive
and
defensive
forces
of
247
Letter From Secretary of Defense Clifford to the Chairman of the President's Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board (Taylor), (20 September 1968), Foreign Relations of the United States, 1964 1968 Volume X, National Security Policy, Document 215, pp. 739-743. 248 Major DoD Efforts to Evaluate the Relative Strategic Strength of the United States and USSR, enclosure to: Letter From Secretary of Defense Clifford to the Chairman of the President's Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board (Taylor), ibid. 249 2 Dear Clark: Your letter of 20 September will be most helpful to your old colleagues of the FIAB in dealing with the intelligence aspects of its central theme. Although aware of some of them, I found the tabulation of DOD efforts in the field most impressive and would like to take advantage of your offer of a briefing on some of them. With regard to the use of IDA, Rand, etc. for studies in this field, speaking under my IDA hat I can assure you of IDA's readiness to work on any aspect of these problems which are within its competence. Sincerely. Maxwell D. Taylor, Letter From the Chairman of the President's Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board (Taylor) to Secretary of Defense Clifford, (24 September 1968), Foreign Relations of the United States, 19641968 Volume X, National Security Policy, Document 216, p. 744.
73
both sides, thus providing an informed basis for national policy decisions. An anticipated by-product of such studies would be the identification of significant gaps in the intelligence community's coverage of the USSR.250
250
Maxwell D. Taylor, Report Submitted by the Chairman of the President's Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board (Taylor) to President Johnson, (25 November 1968), Foreign Relations of the United States, 19641968 Volume X, National Security Policy, Document 222, pp. 758-770.
74
The
conduct
of
Net
Assessments
for
the
Secretary
of
Defense
originated
in
the
early
1970s.
This
was
a
period
when
the
national
security
consensus
had
eroded
during
an
expensive
and
frustrating
military
intervention,
it
was
a
climate
of
economic
pressure
where
military
budgets
were
headed
toward
fiscal
constraint,
and
at
a
time
when
new
threats
appeared
on
the
horizon.
Net
Assessment
was
viewed
by
a
few
far-sighted
leaders
as
a
method
of
helping
the
US
remain
competitive
in
a
changing
security
environment.
This
then
was
the
environment
in
the
first
year
of
the
Nixon
Administration
when
the
President
commissioned
a
number
of
outside
efforts
to
examine
government
organization
and
propose
more
effective
and
efficient
structures.
In
April
the
Ash
committee252
began
its
work
on
The
Presidents
Council
on
Executive
Organization.
Only
three
months
later,
in
the
summer
of
1969,
the
Fitzhugh
Commission253
started
studying
the
organization
and
management
of
the
Pentagon,254
and
there
were
similar,
if
less
known,
efforts
directed
at
State
and
the
CIA.255
This
one-year
effort
became
know
as
the
Blue
Ribbon
Defense
Panel
(BRDP),
251 252
Fitzhugh, Report to the President, op cit., p. 31. Named after its Chairman Roy Ash, appointed 5 April 1969. A number of scholars have observed that the Presidents reasons for creating Government reform commissions are unknown, the motivations behind the Nixon administrative strategy are unclear, there is no question that the strategy involved some important institution changes within the Executive branch. David McKay, Domestic Policy and Ideology: Presidents and the American State, 1964-1987, (Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 1989), p. 100. 253 Fitzhugh, Report to the President, op cit.. 254 They were commissioned 1 July 1969 and submitted their report exactly one year later. Fitzhugh, chairman of the Board of the Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, complained about fragmentation of responsibility for decisions, excessive size of staffs, the constant thrusting of minor issues to the top for decision, and the delays in making decisions through committees and staff co-ordination. 255 In November 1971, the Office of Management and Budget's James Schlesinger, conducted a secret review of the intelligence community and the Nixon Administration announced "a number of management steps to improve the efficiency and effectiveness" of US intelligence. OMB had been
75
consisting
of
sixteen
distinguished
members,
including
a
number
of
CEOs
with
defense
related
executive
experience,
supported
by
a
large
staff
of
46,
a
majority
of
whom
were
focused
on
researching
the
problems.
Most
of
the
Blue
Ribbon
Panels
focus
was
on
the
Pentagons
mismanagement
The
Department
of
Defense
presents
an
unparalleled
management
challenge.
Many
factors
contribute
to
the
scope
of
this
challenge,
including:
the
size
of
the
defense
establishment;
the
variety
and
diversity
of
its
activities,
all
of
which
are
closely
interrelated;
its
technological
dependence;
the
annual
authorization-appropriation
cycle;
the
political
sensitivity
of
its
operations;
the
obscurity
of
any
quantitative
standards
for
measurement
of
success
or
failure;
the
diverse
origin
and
broad
sweep
of
its
policy
guidance;
the
internal
divergences
of
interests
within
the
Department;
and
the
variances
of
its
objectives
due
to
changing
threats,
shifting
potentials
for
crises
and
fluctuating
national
commitments.258
Four issues were raised by the BRDP of direct relevance to our interest the failure to control escalating costs as the US depended upon qualitative system performance, the lack of realistic planning in the budgetary process, the need of the Secretary of Defense to be directly supported by long-range planning and net assessment, and growing concern that America was being overtaken by the Soviet Union in several key areas of military balance. Major issues addressed by the Blue Ribbon Panel were the failure to control waste and cost overruns as well as the inability of the Defense planning process to forecast accurate budgetary performance. Although the PPBS is the major planning, programming and budgeting procedure in the Department, the BRDP concluded
significantly empowered by the Ash Council recommendations, and interestingly, Schlesinger would a year later be named Director of the CIA to implement his own recommendations but his four-month tenure was too short to bring about any large-scale change. 256 Fitzhugh declared at a July 1970 press conference that his investigation showed that the Pentagon was "an impossible organization to administer in its present form, just an amorphous lump. Shaping the Amorphous Lump, Time, 10 August 1970, at < http://time- proxy.yaga.com/time/archive/preview/0,10987,876725,00.html > [accessed 13 October 2005] 257 Fitzhugh was quoted as personally concluding that: There is nobody you can point your finger at if anything goes wrong, and there is nobody you can pin a medal on if it goes right, because everything is everybody's business. What is everybody's business is nobody's business. Ibid.; for a contemporary commentary, see also: Timothy H. Ingram, The Corporate Underground, The Nation, vol. 213, issue 7, 13 September 1971, at < http://www.nationarchive.com/Summaries/v213i0007_08.htm > [accessed 10 November 2005]. 258 Fitzhugh, Report to the President, op cit., p. 111.
76
that it has more practical use as a budgeting device than as a planning and programming procedure.259 Fig. 3
While
the
PPBS
had
brought
consistency
and
discipline
to
the
frontside
creation
of
DoD
budgets,
there
was
a
growing
trend
where
the
backside
performance
the
discipline
to
match
output
with
the
plan
--
was
breaking
down.260
259 260
Ibid., p. 114. Franklin C. Spinney, Statement, (testimony in Hearings; Washington, DC: Subcommittee on National Security, Veterans Affairs and International Relations, Committee on Government Reform, House of Representatives, 4 June 2002), at < http://www.d-n-i.net/fcs/spinney_testimony_060402.htm > [accessed 1 April 2008], notes that the disconnect begins in the late 1960s with alternating swings in under/over estimation of budgets. The overages are driven by front-end downplaying of system lifecycle costs, which ultimate lead to overruns, drops in production, and subsequent high unit prices. The low-balled cost projections made during the pre-production phase of a weapons life cycle permit too many new programs to get stuffed into the out years of the FYDP. This sets the stage for repeated increments of cost growth and ever rising pressure to grow the entire defense budget. But the budget cannot grow as fast as the unit costs of front-loaded programs increase and eventually a retrenchment sets in. At the same time, the effects of political engineering paralyze decision-makers and induce them to absorb the cost growth through inefficient expediencies, like repeated production stretch-outs in lieu of terminations. The lower rates of production naturally decrease the rate of inventory turnover, which increases the age of weapons and makes them more expensive to operate, thereby driving up the
77
Subsequent studies over the last thirty years have shown how prescient the Fitzhugh panels concern was.261 Figure 2 above illustrates the historic disconnect between the FYDP projected plans and the actual budgetary performance. Depending on the cycle, the FYDP was wrong when budgets were increasing, wrong when they were in decline, and in fact, only one out of thirty years plans corresponded with what actually happened. This breakdown in financial discipline is not only inefficient but produces a disconnect where the budget takes on an alternate reality, one divorced from the external environment and driven instead by internal constituents.262
operating budget. But the increasing age of the equipment also increases the pressure to transfer money from the operating budget to the modernization budget, while the rising cost of operating the older weapons makes it more difficult to do so. Consequently, cost pressure builds up rapidly over time, and a kind of boom and bust cycle is born: Budget retrenchments like those in the 1970s and 1990s make problems worse, which are followed by budget expansions that naturally overreach when the front loaders and political engineers plant the seeds for anther round of outyear underfunding problems. Over time, the cycle of decay takes the form of the so-called death spiral of shrinking combat forces, decreasing rates of modernization, aging weapons inventories, with the rising cost of operations creating continual pressure to reduce readiness.: 261 Defense Acquisitions: Assessments of Selected Weapon Programs, (GAO-08-467SP; Washington, DC: Government Accountability Office, March 2008); and press summary: Dana Hedgpeth, GAO Blasts Weapons Budget, Washington Post, 1 April 2008, p. A-1, reports that GAO auditors found that of 72 major systems GAO examined in detail, none had met all of the standards for best management practices during their development stages. Auditors said the Defense Department showed few signs of improvement since the GAO began issuing its annual assessments of selected weapons systems six years ago. It's taking longer and costing more." 262 Without reliable information, there can be no confidence that the required matchup between the Defense organism and its environment has been or will be achieved. When such a condition of uncertainty persists, the interaction of chance with necessity guarantees that it is only a matter of time before dangerous mismatches creep insensibly into the relationship between organism and its environment. When this occurs, the unreliable information in the database creates a kind of virtual reality that disorients decision makers, yet keeps them busy, thereby blocking corrective action, while the internal activities shaped by their decisions become progressively disconnected from and vulnerable to the threats and constraints in the real world. Moreover, without decisive action to correct the source of the disorientation i.e., the corrupted information the disorientation will grow worse over time, leading inevitably to a growing sense of confusion and disorder that feeds back into and magnifies the disorientation even further. Eventually the breakdown in the goal seeking process will produce paralysis, and the activities of the organism will be directed more by inner workings of its constituent factions than by the requirements of the environment. Naturally, such a self-referencing process would become far more dysfunctional if the external environment changed suddenly and unexpectedly. Spinney, Statement, op cit..
78
History,263 the Blue Ribbon Panel recognized that many traditional aspects of foreign relations had become strategic. First, the declining distinction between peace and war converted mobilization time from weeks to minutes and with it brought standing armies, fleets in being and, with hair-trigger forces, the danger of strategic surprise. Second, the introduction of weapons of mass destruction combined with intercontinental range, not only created an environment of reciprocal fear of surprise, but held entire nations in delicate balance of terror one in which they could be destroyed. And third, the increasing communicability and complexity of international relations produced a security environment involving a much wider range of professional expertise in science as well as a number of social disciplines. As a result, the image of an expert military profession, unchallengeable in its field, began to fade in the strategy of the atomic age -- military advice had to be tempered with a wide range of civilian expertise.264 The Blue Ribbon Defense Panel picked up on the observation that in a Cold War military advice was essential but seldom determining,265 and they focused on
263
Appendix A, Mechanisms for Change Organizational History, to Report to the President and the Secretary of Defense on the Department of Defense, (Washington, DC: Blue Ribbon Defense Panel, 1 July 1970). 264 The argument was not that these disciplines could not be taught in officer schools or mid-career graduate education, but rather, that truly developing a professional level of expertise in an analytical area whether economics or physics, arms control or the methodology of long-range planning involved continued participation in the field through research, publication and peer exchange. Obviously, a military officer could be assigned to an area of expertise for more than cumulative decades worth of experience, but then as they would become substantive experts in another occupation over time they would be military in name only a pattern evidenced in a number of officers assigned to the civilian side of Pentagon planning, including Net Assessment. The author remembers fondly a promotion party for a long-time assigned military officer to OSD/NA who, having not donned his uniform in years, not only had trouble buttoning his jacket, but could not remember which direction his Colonels eagles mounted. 265 No longer could military professionals plan in isolation and expect to take over after the diplomats failed. The validity of military plans, policies and requirements depended more and more on the extent to which they were in tune with foreign, economic, and other policies than on their own merits although the law still called for purely military advice. Moreover, military experience lost much of its value as the effect of nuclear weapons could be measured only in theoretical war games and civilians invented new and imaginative computer techniques for determining probabilities. In the atomic age, a major war was no longer a continuation of policy but annihilation. Deterrence was as much a political, diplomatic, and economic problem as a military one. OSD Historian, R. A. Winnacker, The Historical Framework, Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense, Administration, (9 Feb. 1970) in Ibid. pp. 5-6.
79
the inadequate civilian contribution to strategy development without mincing words: The Secretary of Defense does not presently have the opportunity to consider all viable options as background for making major policy decisions because important options are often submerged or compromised at lower levels of the Department of Defense. A need exists for an independent source of informed and critical review and analysis of military forces and other problems particularly those involving more than one Service, or two or more competitive or complementary activities, missions, or weapons.266 There is no organizational element within OSD with the assigned responsibility for objectively making net assessments of US and foreign military capabilities. There is no organizational element within OSD that is charged with the responsibility for long-range planning for the structuring and equipping of forces for other similar purposes.267
The emphasis was not on replacing uniformed advice on military strategy, or even changing their primacy, but in providing the national security leadership with options, independent assessments, and non-canonical planning that did not get inhibited, diluted or suppressed on their way to the top. In order to address this perceived vacuum two quite different methodologies were proposed diagnostic comparative analysis and prognostic, diachronic trend projection. Not insignificantly, as illustrated in Figure 4, two of the Blue Ribbon panels 113 recommendations called for the creation of special offices for these respective foci with both reporting directly to the Secretary of Defense. Office of Net Assessment; Office of Long-Range Planning.
The
BRDP
argued
that
each
of
these
functions
was
so
unique
that
they
not
only
required
their
own
separate
organizations
but
also
so
important
that
they
had
to
be
immediately
reported
to
the
top
without
interference
from
any
of
the
other
subordinate
organizations
that
might
try
to
influence
the
independent
analysis
and
projections
of
these
two
functions.
266 267
80
Fig. 4
The
report
also
recommended
a
third
group
to
serve
as
a
SecDef
coordinating
function,
which
would
presumably
have
been
the
tasking
and
agent
for
these
two
proposed
offices.268
The
case
for
an
Office
of
Net
Assessment
was
made
with
considerable
Major
program
and
policy
decisions
in
the
Department
of
Defense
tend
to
be
based
on
an
assessment
of
individual
factors,
such
as
the
apparent
threat,
the
technological
capability
of
the
United
States
and
possible
opponents,
and
cost
268
No formal mechanism exists within OSD to assure adequate coordination among the various elements of the Department. There is a need for a Coordinating Group in the immediate office of the Secretary of Defense, to assist in coordinating the activities of the entire Department and in the scheduling and follow-up of the various activities. The Coordinating Group should be headed by a civilian Director, who should also serve as executive assistant to the Secretary of Defense. Fitzhugh, Report to the President, op cit., pp. 31, 59-60. Under then Secretary of Defense Laird, this tasking and integrating role, along with a lot of other functions, was handled by his special (executive) assistant Bill Baroody Jr. and his E-ring staff. Thus, this recommendation was merely formalizing and broadening the authority of what was already happening and Laird was comfortable with.
81
effectiveness criteria. The Defense intelligence community is concerned with foreign developments, but does not make assessments of US capabilities. Threat assessments are made for comparison with the projected capability of some proposed new US development. There is, however, no mechanism within the Department to provide an integrated analysis which systematically places existing or proposed programs in the context of the capabilities and limitations of the United States and its allies versus possible antagonists. The Secretary of Defense should have available, on a continuing basis, the results of comparative studies and evaluations of US and foreign military capabilities, to identify existing or potential deficiencies or imbalances in US military capabilities.269
Thus,
there
was
the
perceived
need
for
the
comparative
evaluation
of
both
US
and
enemy
capabilities
conducted
by
the
same
agent
reporting
directly
to
the
Secretary
of
Defense.
The
BRDP
was
concerned
that
no
one
ever
put
the
strategic
picture
together
and
that
this
was
a
vital
function
now
performed
by
no
one.270
They
argued
that
Secretary
of
Defense
needed
someone
close
to
him
who
would
be
an
unbiased
advisor
about
where
the
US
military
balance
stood
relative
to
competitors.
A
way
was
needed
to
bring
enemy
and
friendly
data
together
with
no
restrictions
on
the
information
used
and
no
limits
on
questions
as
to
its
accuracy
or
relevance.
Real
diagnosis
was
needed,
not
just
assessments
of
the
potential
impact
on
the
enemy
in
order
to
justify
military
programs
that
the
services
had
already
decided
to
pursue.271
This in turn led to the unusual staffing recommendation, at least for then, that a Net Assessment Group should consist of individuals from appropriate units in the Department of Defense, along with consultants and contract personnel appointed from time to time by the Secretary of Defense, and the OSD/NA office should report directly to him.272 The Blue Ribbon panel proposed that the trend projection and critical review of strategy functions would be performed by a parallel Long-Range Planning Group, similarly composed and likewise reporting directly to the Secretary
269 270
271 272
Fitzhugh, Report to the President, op cit., p. 31. Shaping the Amorphous Lump, Time, op cit.. Pickett, Roche, and Watts, Net Assessment: A Historical Review, op cit., p. 166. Fitzhugh, Report to the President, op cit., p. 59.
82
of
Defense
with
the
responsibility
for
planning
which
integrates
net
assessments,
technological
projections,
fiscal
planning,
etc.273
There
is
no
organizational
element
within
OSD
that
is
charged
with
the
responsibility
for
broadly
supporting
the
Secretary
of
Defense
in
long-range
planning
which
integrates
net
assessments,
technological
projections,
fiscal
planning,
etc.
Force
planning
is
currently
initiated
by
the
Joint
Chiefs
of
Staff
and
the
Military
Departments
within
the
constraints
of
fiscal
guidance
to
each
Service
and
for
each
major
mission
and
support
effort.
In
order
to
provide
an
overall
balance
of
forces,
to
prevent
wasteful
duplications,
and
to
develop
effective
but
more
economical
alternatives
to
those
conditioned
by
traditional
approaches
of
the
Military
Services,
OSD
requires
an
internal
long-range
planning
capability.
The
development
of
alternative
solutions
should
include
consideration
of
all
relevant
political,
economic,
and
technological
and
military
factors.
To
the
extent
to
which
such
a
capability
exists
in
the
current
OSD
organization,
it
is
too
fragmented
and
too
limited
by
the
pressure
of
more
immediately
urgent
assignments
to
be
effective.274
Co-equal in design and chain of report with diagnostic Net Assessment, the Long- Range Planning Group had two quite distinct functions. One was prognostic to identify major factors (domestic and foreign) potentially influencing the security of the nation, project alternative vectors, track changes in these trends and alert the Secretary of Defense to those which (for good or ill) might change the assumptions that the national military strategy was predicated on. The other function was prescriptive to identify new approaches and/or create alternative courses of action, including different military options, in order to both enlighten the deliberations and empower the decisions of the SecDef. On the surface, the integrative function of the Long-Range Planning Group would put it higher on the food chain as a consumer of Net Assessment products. But there was also a reciprocal and recursive feedback loop, where unexpected or newly emergent trends would be fed back to Net Assessment in order for them to evaluate the impact of this impending change. There was some dissent as to whether these two functions Net Assessment and Long-Range Planning should be treated as two separate offices, each reporting to a third coordinating officer in the immediate SecDef staff or whether the functions should be integrated into an
273
Ibid., p. 7.
83
Assistant
Secretary
of
Defense
with
an
overall
mandate
encompassing
Strategic
Assessment.
BRDP
member
Robert
C.
Jackson,
who
as
Chairman
of
Teledyne
Ryan
Aeronautical
had
substantial
DoD
experience
and
insight,
felt
so
strongly
about
the
need
to
integrate
the
three
functions
long
range
planning,
net
assessment
and
strategy
development
into
an
ASD
level
position
that
he
took
the
extraordinary
step
of
issuing
a
Dissenting
Statement
arguing
that
the
position
required
confidentiality
and
access
that
could
only
be
achieved
with
a
direct
report
to
the
SecDef.
The
Panel
recommends
a
Long
Range
Planning
Group
to
provide
support
to
the
Secretary
of
Defense
with
responsibility
for
long
range
planning
which
integrates
net
assessment,
technological
projections,
fiscal
planning,
etc.
The
Panel
further
recommends
a
coordinating
group
to
assist
the
Secretary
in
coordinating
the
activities
of
the
entire
Department.
The
Panel
also
recommends
a
Net
Assessment
Group
to
conduct
and
report
on
net
assessment
of
United
States
and
foreign
military
capabilities
and
potentials.
I
believe
these
three
groups
should
be
assembled
under
an
Assistant
Secretary
of
Defense
for
Long
Range
Planning,
Coordination,
and
Net
Assessment.
This
Assistant
Secretary
would
report
directly
to
the
Secretary/Deputy
Secretary
of
Defense.275
The
proposed
elevation
from
the
BRDP
slot
of
two
Directors
to
Jacksons
integrated
Assistant
Secretary
had
a
strong
precedent
in
another
SecDef
advisory
position
Assistant
Secretary
of
Defense
for
International
Security
Affairs
which
had
similarly
been
upgraded
from
a
Directorate
to
ASD.276
What
is
interesting
about
BRDP
member
Jacksons
proposal
for
an
Assistant
Secretary
of
a
combined
office
of
Net
Assessment
and
Long
Range
Planning,
is
that
his
version
of
other
aspects
of
DoD
organizational
structure
was
at
once
not
as
radical
as
the
BRDP
(in
terms
of
having
multiple
DepSecDefs,
with
the
Services
and
the
Operational
Commands
reporting
through
them)
and
far
more
prescient
of
what
274 275
Ibid., p. 31. Robert C. Jackson, Chairman, Teledyne Ryan Aeronautical and BRDP Member, Dissenting Statement, in Fitzhugh, Report to the President, op cit., p. 204. 276 Prior to the fall of 1949, the Secretary of Defense, or his predecessor, the Secretary of War, had had no explicitly mandated civilian politico-military affairs advisor. Under President Truman a Special Assistant to the Secretary was created and outgoing Defense Secretary Robert Lovett recommended to Eisenhowers first secretary of defense, Charles E. Wilson, that the Special Assistant for ISA be upgraded to the assistant secretary level. Piller, DoDs Office of International Security Affairs, op cit., p. 60. The upgrading from advisory Special Assistant to ASD occurred in 1953.
84
actually became implemented over the 1970s. This was true in particular with the retention of a real deputy in the form of a DepSecDef with Under Secretaries as an intervening layer of management for the growing number of Assistant Secretaries being created in OSD. Just as Jackson correctly forecast the trend toward functional Under Secretaries, he argued that the position of ASD for Assistant Secretary of Defense for Long Range Planning, Coordination, and Net Assessment had to be autonomous and report independently to the SecDef as illustrated in Figure 5. Fig. 5
Thus,
despite
differences
among
the
BLDP
as
to
how
to
organize
the
unique
functions,
among
all
of
the
members
there
was
universal
belief
in
and
strong
endorsement
that
the
Long-Range
Planning
Council
and
a
Net
Assessment
Group
has
merit.
Likewise
there
was
universal
agreement
that
they
should
report
directly
to
the
Secretary/Deputy
Secretary
of
Defense
as
special
staff
groups.277
277
Wilfred J. McNeil, Director, Fairchild Hiller Corporation, President of the Tax Foundation and BRDP Member, Dissenting Statement, in Fitzhugh, Report to the President, op cit., p. 207.
85
Unfortunately, in the succeeding thirty-eight years since the need was articulated, rarely has Long-Range Planning and/or Strategic Concept Development278 actually had the high level position or institutional resources envisioned by the BRDP. Net Assessment is an exception, but its position has also vacillated widely.279
278
In 1981, SecDef Caspar W. Weinberger set up a Strategic Concepts Development Center with its Director reporting directly to the Secretary of Defense as Strategy Advisor. A position held by the author, but whose SecDef access did not survive institutionally a year after my departure. 279 From direct report to the SecDef, to a Deputy SecDef, to an Under Secretary for Policy, to proposals for it to be shipped over the National Defense University.
86
The
idea
of
having
some
type
of
assessment
and
planning
functions
performed
in
the
Pentagon
was
neither
new
nor
particularly
controversial,281
but
having
a
split
portfolio,
with
each
reporting
directly
to
the
Secretary
of
Defense
was.282
As
the
Blue
Ribbon
Panel
recognized,
some
of
the
functions
of
the
proposed
Long-Range
Planning
Group
already
existed,
albeit
fragmented
and
dispersed
in
various
parts
of
OSD.283
However,
this
was
not
the
case
with
Net
Assessment
which
had
to
be
created
from
scratch,
and
thus
there
were
at
least
two
precursors
to
its
formal
establishment
in
Defense.
Lairds
long
time
special
assistant,
Bill
Baroody
Jr.,
established
a
Net
Assessment
cell
within
the
Secretariat284
temporarily
assigned
to
an
existing
Long-Range
Planning
unit
headed
by
Col.
Don
Marshal.285
Baroodys
files
280
Melvin R. Laird, National Security Strategy of Realistic Deterrence: Annual Defense Department Report, FY 1973, (Washington, DC: Government Printing Office, 1972), p. 26. 281 The JCS had long thought they were doing this through their PPBS process called JLRSA (Joint Long-Range Strategic Appraisal). 282 Defense Organization: The Need for Change: Staff Report to the Committee on Armed Services, United States Senate. (Washington, DC: Committee on Armed Services, Senate, US Congress, GPO, 1985), p. 114, authored by James Locher, critiqued the Fitzhugh recommendation that the Net Assessment Group should report directly to the Secretary of Defense on the grounds too many direct reports and thus too broad a span of control. This report also suggested that the products of Net Assessment not be integrated with trend projections by a Long-Range Planning Group, but rather by a proposed Coordinating Under Secretary. This study had a major formative impact upon the Goldwater-Nichols Defense Reform Act of 1986. 283 Robert W. Welsh, The Report of the Blue Ribbon Defense Panel: A Case for a Staff Management Doctrine for OSD, (monograph; Carlisle, PA: Army War College, February 1972). 284 More than a year after the report was submitted to Secretary of Defense Melvin R. Laird only one recommendation was acted upon: creation of the Director of Net Assessment in OSD. Major Greg H. Parlier, The Goldwater-Nichols Act of 1986: Resurgence In Defense Reform and the Legacy of Eisenhower, (War in the Modern Era seminar; Quantico, VA: Marine Corps Command and Staff College, 15 May 1989), at < http://www.globalsecurity.org/military/library/report/1989/PGH.htm > [accessed 15 November 2005]. 285 Dr. Donald S. Marshall, had an Anthropology degree from Harvard and had conducted research with Margaret Mead in the South Pacific prior to the Second World War. In late 1972 or early 1973 he left
87
suggest
an
interest
in
the
Net
Assessment
function
that
arose
in
1969,
simultaneously,
if
not
antedating,
the
creation
of
the
Fitzhugh
Commission
analysis.286
The
Blue
Ribbon
Defense
Panel
had
placed
a
high
stress
on
the
importance
of
understanding
both
technological
trends
and
the
increasing
evidence
that
the
Soviet
Union
was
closing
Americas
qualitative
lead
in
a
number
of
areas.
Because
Johnny
Foster
was
seen
as
part
of
a
triad
running
the
Pentagon
consisting
of
the
Secretary,
his
Deputy
David
Packard
and
the
DDR&E
therefore
some
have
drawn
the
conclusion
that
the
net
technical
assessment
function
which
the
BRDP
suggested
should
lie
directly
with
the
Secretary
of
Defense.
Instead
lies
with
Foster
and
with
his
deputy
for
Research
and
Advanced
Technology.287
Department
of
Defense
leadership
needed
a
higher
level
of
analysis,
recalled
Stephen
J.
Lukasik,
who
served
as
the
Deputy
Director
and
then
Director
of
the
Defense
Advanced
Research
Projects
Agency
(DARPA)
from
1967
1974.40
The
recognition
of
this
demand
within
the
Department
of
Defense
led
the
Director
of
Defense
Research
and
Engineering
(DDR&E),
John
S.
Foster,
to
establish
the
Office
of
Net
Technical
Assessment,
which
was
led
by
Fred
Wikner.
The
office
focused
on
technical
comparisons
of
U.S.
and
Soviet
systems
but
did
not
address
the
grand
strategic
policy
questions
of
American
power
in
the
context
of
its
ongoing
competition
with
the
Soviet
Union.
The
Office
of
Net
Technical
Assessment
was
eventually
eliminated
during
the
Carter
administration.
Still,
in
the
early
1970s,
the
need
for
a
higher
level
of
analysis
persisted.288
Based
on
my
involvement
with
NTA,289
the
types
of
projects
they
were
undertaking290
and
contemporary
discussion
with
the
people
running
it
at
the
time,
Baroodys
office
to
set
up
and
manage
the
new
office
held
by
Fred
Wikner,
as
Strategic
Arms
Control
Adviser
to
the
Secretary
of
Defense.
The
Long-Range
Planning
role
was
adopted
ad
hoc
by
others
in
the
SecDef
office
front
office,
but
with
the
demise
of
Col.
Marshall
the
Net
Assessment
activity
remained
an
orphan.
286
Net
Assessment,
1969-1972
(1)-(2),
Box
A82
Department
of
Defense
Papers:
Baroody
Subject
File,
(Melvin
R.
Laird
Papers-
Container
List
-
Part
1:
Boxes
Open
to
Research);
Ann
Arbor,
MI:
Gerald
R.
Ford
Library,
no
date),
at
<
http://www.ford.utexas.edu/library/guides/Finding%20Aids/Laird,_Melvin_- _Papers_ftl1.htm
>
[accessed
16
November
2005].
287
James
M.
Roherty,
The
Laird
and
McNamara
Styles,
in
New
Civil-Military
Relations:
The
Agonies
of
Adjustment
to
Post-Vietnam
Realities,
edited
by
John
P.
Lovell
and
Philip
S.
Kronenberg,
(New
Brunswick,
NJ:
Transaction
Books,
1974),
pp.
237-238.
288
Skypek,
Evaluating
Military
Balances
Through
the
Lens
of
Net
Assessment,
op
cit:
p.
12.
289
In
1973
BDMs
Tactical
Warfare
Department
run
by
John
Bode
was
assigned
to
my
National
Security
Programs
Directorate.
John
had
several
contracts
with
the
NTA
office,
and
we
visited
there
often.
290
All
of
the
ones
I
remember
were
very
detailed
technical
and
technologically
detailed
studies,
such
as
counter-battery
radar
evaluation
or
Bodes
development
of
the
P001
model
to
evaluate
hit
88
it is my strong opinion that this office was set up in reaction to the ideas of the Blue Ribbon Defense Panel, but was never intended to either implement or substitute for the BRDP recommendation for the SecDef level Office of Net Assessment. Lairds long personal interest in trying to square the circle of Americas Strategy Gap291 and create a Strategy of Realistic Deterrence292 naturally brought the topics of Net Assessment and Planning together both substantively and organizationally. The defense Report in which this combination was introduced was viewed as the best defined and most widely distributed statement yet of the meshing of foreign policy and national security policy and strategy.293 In his annual posture statement, he identified five axes on which to assess military strategy. An identified spectrum of conflict ranging from political agitation to strategic nuclear warfare with insurgency, guerrilla warfare, sub-theater conventional warfare, theater conventional, and theater nuclear in between; The national security strategy as articulated by the Commander in Chief;
probability of the ZSU-23/4 air defense gun. Following the 1973 Arab-Israeli War, NTA was DDR&Es lead in assessing the relative technological state of captured Soviet equipment; as it became evident that the US had significantly underestimated the other sides qualitative level, it could be said that this offices work took on competitive significance, but the analytic focus itself was tactical and technical. 291 Melvin Laird, A House Divided: America's Strategy Gap, (Chicago, IL: Henry Regnery, 1962). The view that his interest in strategy development was not a passing or shallow interest is shared by Douglas Kinnard, Secretary of Defense, (Lexington, KY: University Press of Kentucky, 1980), p. 120. Lairds recognition of both the importance of strategy as well as gaps in its conceptual development and implementation are still continuing interest of his: Melvin Laird, Purse Strings and Pragmatism, Washington Post, 17 January 2007, p. A19: cutting off funding is not a plan. Holding hearings to excoriate the executive branch is not a plan. Emotional oratory about casualties is not a plan. Such is the stuff of dinner-party debates and protest rallies. It is not what the American people need from their elected representatives, and it is not what they voted for. America needs a broad national security strategy. 292 This was the title of his 1971 Defense Posture statement that clearly showed an attempt to bridge the gap between nuclear massive retaliation and conventional flexible response by adding more options to the former and more deterrence (with less US manpower) to the later. The new strategy was designed not to manage crises but to prevent wars yet operate across the full spectrum of possible conflict and capabilities. positive and active as compared to previous strategy which was responsive and reactive. Laird argued that realistic deterrence had to be developed to deter not only nuclear war but all levels of armed conflict. But at the same time we had to develop this new strategy in a way that faces up to the realities [strategic nuclear parity] of the 1970s. Secretary of Defense Melvin R. Laird, Toward a National Security Strategy of Realistic Deterrence, (Washington, DC: Government Printing Office, 9 March 1971), pp. 1-20. 293 Raymond S. Blunt and Thomas O. Cason, Realistic Deterrence, Air University Review, (May-June 1973), at < http://www.airpower.maxwell.af.mil/airchronicles/aureview/1973/may-jun/blunt.html > [accessed 19 Sep. 2007]; and from the academic side: Douglas Kinnard, The New Defense Literature, Polity, vol. 5, no. 4, (Summer, 1973): pp. 517-530.
89
National resources inputs measured in budget levels, active manpower and foreign assistance; Military force posture output indices for General Purpose Forces, Theater Nuclear and Strategic Forces; and Strategic concepts covering defense and deterrence based on alliance partnership, military strength, and negotiated restraint.294
Laird
viewed
strategy
as
the
great
work
of
the
organization,
and
he
was
the
first
Secretary
to
go
beyond
sound
bite
comparisons
and
methodically
juxtapose
the
Pentagons
changing
military
strategy
on
an
explicit
set
of
relational
criteria
plotted
over
time.
Addressing
those
five
areas
into
a
comprehensive
appraisal
was
a
monumental
task,
but
it
fit
Lairds
definition
of
Net
Assessment.
In
his
FY
1973
Annual
Posture
Statement,
Secretary
Laird
introduced
the
construct
by
giving
Net
Assessment
its
own
section
in
his
report
and
underscoring
its
importance:
I
said
at
the
beginning
of
this
Report
that
the
business
of
peace
is
a
complex
one.
Net
Assessment
in
National
Security
Planning
is
an
indispensable
tool
for
coping
with
these
complexities.
In
simple
terms,
Net
Assessment,
in
conjunction
with
Total
Force
Planning,
tells
where
we
are,
what
we
need
to
do,
and
how
to
get
there.
To
put
it
more
fully,
Net
Assessment
is
a
comparative
analysis
of
those
military,
technological,
political,
and
economic
factors:
--
which
impede
or
have
a
potential
to
impede
our
national
security
objectives
available
or
potentially
available
to
enhance
the
accomplishment
of
those
objectives.295
A dialectical process of strategic thought through which we are able to determine how to apply our resources more effectively to accomplish our national security goals.296
294 295
Laird, Toward a National Security Strategy of Realistic Deterrence, op cit., pp. 155-162. Melvin R. Laird, National Security Strategy of Realistic Deterrence, (Statement of Secretary of Defense on FY 73 Defense Budget and FY 1973-77 Program; Washington, DC: Senate Armed Services Committee, US Congress, 15 February 1972), p. 6. The term Net Assessment and the juxtaposed with were both underscored in the original. 296 Ibid..
90
Where others, then and now, use the term net to refer to the juxtaposition
of
ones
own
v.
opposing
forces,
Lairds
definition
went
much
further
than
military
balancing.297
Assessment
and
planning
in
the
nuclear
age
are
intimately
related
to
understanding
of
international
relations
on
the
one
hand
and
to
weapons
technology
and
possible
use
on
the
other
hand.
There
is,
of
course,
nothing
new
in
this
dependence.
What
is
new
is
the
enormous
complexity
that
has
entered
into
force
planning
since
World
War
II,
compounded
by
dramatic
technological
advances,
major
world
economic
adjustments,
and
a
fragmenting
of
the
past
bi-polar
world
structure.
The
international
environment
is
dynamic,
confusing
and
in
some
aspects
disconcerting.
The
rate
of
change
political,
economic,
social
and
technical
is
perhaps
the
greatest
we
have
ever
known.
Net
assessment
offers
a
valuable
tool
for
understanding
and
responding
to
these
challenges.
It
is
important
to
re-emphasize
that
any
realistic
assessments
and
resulting
plans
for
military
forces
and
new
weapons
systems
must
include
political,
economic
and
social
considerations.
Net
Assessment
plays
a
critical
role
in
our
Total
Force
Planning
and
in
the
development
of
forces
necessary
to
maintain
our
national
security.
In
these
assessments
we
weigh
the
capabilities
of
potential
enemies
against
our
capabilities
and
those
of
our
allies.
At
the
same
time,
we
must
give
careful
consideration
not
only
to
the
strengths
of
potential
adversaries,
but
also
to
the
deficiencies
in
their
capabilities
and
the
various
constraints
with
which
they
must
cope.298
Although
the
above
was
stated
in
a
special
section
entitled
Net
Assessment
and
the
Threat,
this
was
not
merely
red
baiting
in
the
guise
of
objectivity
nor
was
it
narrowly
focused
on
military
comparisons.
297
This is not to say that he did not include military aspects, but tended to view them as a piece of the larger assessment. Thus, Laird noted: the momentum of Soviet weapons development and deployment demands examination in relation to what we and our allies and friends must do about it. And, in conjunction with my Defense Report, the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Admiral Thomas H. Moorer, will present to Congress and the American people a comprehensive military assessment of the threat and of our force capabilities. Our combined presentations this year will represent another step forward in our new emphasis on Net Assessment. Ibid., pp. 6-7. Concerning the military posture statement by the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, the first such formal statement was United States Military Posture for FY 1972, issued on 9 March 1971 by Admiral Thomas H. Moorer, USN. The Secretary of Defense is required by law to present an annual report/posture statement to the Congress; the Chairman is not. The Chairman has, however, always accompanied the Secretary when he presented these statements to the Congress. Initially, the Chairman made no statement at these appearances, but he was usually called upon by the Secretary of Defense to answer certain questions. Consequently, the Chairman began to prepare an informal statement of his own, and over the years it evolved into the formal document it is today. The first one formally bound and issues as United States Military Posture was the one for FY 1972. Academic Intelligence,: Military Affairs, vol. 43, no. 1, (February 1979): p. 47. 298 Ibid., p. 29.
91
Lairds perspective had a much broader and more long-range evaluative ring
to
it
like
what
would
later
be
called
competitive
strategy
--
reflectively
assessing
the
environment
one
is
in,
relative
to
where
one
wants
to
be.
Looking
back,
it
would
not
be
inaccurate
to
describe
Lairds
view
of
Net
Assessment
as
a
form
of
strategic
sociology
systemically
integrating
cultural,
economic,
technological,
and
political
trends299
upon
which
planning
would
be
based
and
against
which
new
concepts
could
be
analytically
tested.300
In
the
SecDefs
view,
the
leader
of
the
Defense
Department
had
the
responsibility
to
be
the
synthesizer
of
military
needs
and
civilian
resources;
a
challenge
befitting
a
statesman,
one
that
could
not
be
delegated
but
had
to
be
taken
personally:301
We
intend
to
accomplish
this
through
a
more
coordinated
emphasis
on
Net
Assessment
in
my
immediate
office
and
throughout
the
Department
of
Defense.
It
is
important
to
bear
in
mind,
however,
that
Total
Force
planning
must
be
carried
out
both
in
terms
of
immediate
as
well
as
longer-range
phased
objectives.
However,
this
will
be
a
difficult
task
since
the
apparent
demands
of
the
moment
may
sometimes
have
adverse
impact
on
what
we
hope
to
accomplish
in
the
future.
299
One is reminded here much more of the then contemporary work of Harvard sociologist Talcott Parsons than any particular effort in IR Theory or Strategic Studies. See for example: Talcott Parsons, The Structure of Social Action: A Study in Social Theory with Special Reference to a Group of Recent European Writers, (New York: The Free Press, 1939); Talcott Parsons, Edward A. Shils, and James Olds, Values, Motives, and Systems of Action, in Toward a General Theory of Action, Talcott Parsons and Edward A. Shils, ed., (New York: Harper and Row, 1951); Talcott Parsons and Neil Smelser, Economy and Society, (New York: The Free Press, 1956);Talcott Parsons, Structure and Process in Modern Societies, (New York: The Free Press, 1960); Talcott Parsons, An Outline of the Social System, in Theories of Society: Foundations of Modern Sociological Theory, ed. by Talcott Parsons, et. al. (New York: The Free Press, 1961); Talcott Parsons, Some Reflections on the Place of Force in Social Process, in Internal War: Problems and Approaches, ed. by Harry Eckstein (New York: The Free Press, 1964); Talcott Parsons, Societies: Evolutionary and Comparative Perspectives, (Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1966); Talcott Parsons, Politics and Social Structure, (New York: The Free Press, 1969); and Talcott Parsons, On Building Social System Theory: A Personal History, Daedalus, (Fall, 1970); Talcott Parsons, The System of Modern Societies, (Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1971); Talcott Parsons, The Evolution of Societies, (Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1977). 300 Laird, National Security Strategy of Realistic Deterrence, (1972) op cit., p. 30: emphasized that there were four major areas we must take into account in any comprehensive Net Assessment related to national security planning. They are the Strategic Reality, the Political Reality, the Fiscal Reality and the Manpower Reality. 301 Several months after the announcement of the new strategy, he said that to be perfectly frank successful implementation of the strategy of realistic deterrence is the most difficult and challenging national-security effort we have ever undertaken in this country. Laird quoted in US News and World Report, 17 May 1971, p. 29.
92
In order to minimize this often troublesome problem, my Director of Net Assessments will be supported by and work closely with the Office of my Assistant for Long-Range Planning, whose task it will be to assure effective coordination of the Net Assessment and Total Force planning functions of the Secretary of Defense. As a former member of Congress, I am confident that our new approach, with its emphasis on Net Assessment and Total Force planning, will permit the Department of Defense in coming months and years to be even more responsive to the Congress as we share the responsibility for assuring our national security.302
The
target
audience
of
this
message
was
clearly
the
Congress,
and
Laird
was
using
Net
Assessment
to
forge
a
better
relationship
with
them
and
was
willing
to
make
the
process
an
extension
of
his
immediate
office
and
direct
staff
in
order
to
demonstrate
his
commitment.
Thus,
for
a
Secretary
of
Strategy,
the
tools
of
Net
Assessment
and
Long
Range
Planning
were
the
left
and
right
hands
(brains)
of
strategy
development303
--
respectively
diagnostic
and
prognostic
--
that,
in
combination
would
provide
prescriptive
input
for
strategy
development
as
well
as
negative
feedback
for
course
correction.304
It
would
be
through
this
dialectical
process
that
the
Department
of
Defense
would
be
able
to
determine
how
to
apply
our
resources
most
effectively
in
order
to
improve
our
total
capability
to
accomplish
our
national
security
goals.305
It
could
be
argued
that
McNamara
had
also
had
a
dialectical
process:
JCS
and
Services
proposed;
the
Systems
Analysis
policemen
opposed;
and
the
Secretary
disposed.
But
Lairds
model
of
Net
Assessment
was
different.
And
the
following
seem
to
Net
Assessment
is
based
on
an
intellectual
approach
that
differs
substantially
from
the
modern
examples.
At
the
highest
level
it
is
for
the
use
of
the
Secretary
of
Defense,
and
the
questions
that
it
tries
to
answer
are
those
that
302
Laird, National Security Strategy of Realistic Deterrence, (1972) op cit., p. 26. Bolding emphasis added. The term Net Assessment was underscored in the original. 303 Net Assessment and Long Range Planning, 1972, Box A82 (Open to Research), op cit.; and Key Points Rationale for Strategy, Undated, Boxes B1-B3 (Not Yet Reviewed for Opening to Research), op cit., Baroody to Secretary Laird, Concerning Net Assessment and Long Range Planning Effort (1)-(2), Memo, 1972, Boxes B1-B3 (Not Yet Reviewed for Opening to Research), op cit., 304 As in steering which could be either reinforcing or corrective as opposed to inherently critical. For this distinction drawn from cybernetic control theory, see: William W. Kaufman, Who is Conning the Alliance? Brookings Review, vol. 5, no. 4, (Fall 1987): pp. 10-17. 305 Laird, National Security Strategy of Realistic Deterrence, (1972), op cit., p. 26. Note, this sentence was in the context of his paragraph defining net assessment.
93
arise when the overall capabilities and future shape of the American military are considered. It is not intended to provide a day-to-day management tool to review the efficiency with which existing missions are executed nor is it designed to alert the Secretary of Defense to the danger of an imminent war.306
In
short,
Lairds
model
of
Net
Assessment
was
not
the
beginning
of
a
linear
process
of
programming
and
budgeting
process,
but
an
off-line
device
with
which
to
think
strategically
about
theater
balances
and
long-range
competitive
challenges
that
might
undermine
the
results.
Trends
uncovered
in
Long-Range
Planning
or
Net
Assessment
conclusions
could
serve
as
a
thesis
that
something
may
be
amiss
in
US
strategy
or
that
there
may
be
a
competitive
advantage
in
doing
something
new.307
As
illustrated
in
Figure
5,
the
Pentagon
with
all
the
inertia
of
the
Queen
Mary
--
military
services,
Joint
Staff
and
organizations
in
DoD
--
can
respond
to
the
assessment
with
a
proposed
remedy
that
is
then
debated;
and
SecDef,
with
the
advice
of
the
JCS
Chairman
and
others,
has
the
opportunity
to
create
a
new
synthesis.308
Lairds
point
was
that
given
the
totality
of
the
Pentagons
planning
activity,
a
process
that
takes
several
years
for
each
cycle
and
involves
an
enormous
amount
of
built
up
momentum,
it
makes
it
difficult
for
the
SecDef
to
ask
questions
he
does
not
know
the
answers
to,
to
innovate
in
rapidly
changing
environments
in
real
time,
or
to
explore
alternative
options
(in
order
to
remain
competitive
or
exploit
an
unexpected
advantage)
that
are
outside
institutional
boxes.
In
order
not
to
disrupt
the
massive
mainline
planning
machine
or
be
held
hostage
by
its
inertia,
the
Secretary
thus
adopted
the
BRDP
position
that
it
was
prudent
to
have
a
strategic
assessment
unit
reporting
directly
to
his
office.
Without
this
direct
access,
his
inquires
could
not
be
asked
or
answered
in
306
Rosen, Net Assessment as an Analytical Concept, in On Not Confusion Ourselves, op cit., pp. 290-291. 307 The end product of Net Assessment provides a basis for judging whether, in the case examined, we and our allies will be able to sustain our national objectives and protect our vital interests, or if not, where there are problem areas. Laird, National Security Strategy of Realistic Deterrence, (1972), op cit., p. 26. 308 There was considerable thought that went behind the Blue Ribbon Defense Panel focused on the "dialectic" between Net Assessment diagnosis and Strategic Planning prescription as evidenced in: Net Assessment, 1969-1972 (1)-(2), Box A82 Department of Defense Papers: Baroody Subject File, (Melvin R. Laird Papers, Ann Arbor, MI: Gerald R. Ford Library); see particularly: Net Assessment and Long Range Planning,1972; and Baroody to Secretary Laird, Concerning Net Assessment and Long Range Planning Effort (1)-(2), Memo, 1972).
94
confidence; or without some intervening office putting their spin on the question or trying to grade, let alone influence, the answer. Fig. 6
On
the
other
hand,
while
this
small
planning
cell
or
group
was
clearly
expected
to
engage
the
various
services,
departments,
or
components
in
discussion
and
dialogue
on
emerging
issues,
the
intent
was
NOT
to
create
another
bad
experience
similar
to
McNamaras
Systems
Analysis
Office,
where
they
were
used
as
front
line
combatants
in
the
bureaucratic
and
budgetary
wars.
As
a
dialectic,
it
was
informative
and
intellectual,
providing
a
perspective
outside
the
formal
planning
process
for
SecDef
to
be
exposed
to
dissonant
views
and
make
his
own
synthesis;
it
was
NOT
an
antithetical
battering
ram
with
which
to
assault
Service
POM
positions.309
309
Laird did not depart abruptly from the McNamara-Clifford management system, but rather instituted gradual changes. He pursued what he called "participatory management," an approach calculated to gain the cooperation of the military leadership in reducing the Defense budget and the size
95
It
has
become
Net
Assessment
folklore
that
Secretary
Laird
had
chose
not
to
implement
the
Fitzhugh
Panels
recommendations
to
create
a
net
assessment
function.311
But
that
interpretation
not
only
is
contradicted
by
the
evidence
above
but
also
ignores
the
then
ongoing
policy
conflict
between
the
Pentagon
and
the
National
Security
Council
that
involved
both
personalities,312
process,313
and
policies.314
Inadvertently
caught
up
in
the
middle
and
stimulating
a
net
assessment
of
the
military
establishment.
While
retaining
decision-making
functions
for
himself
and
the
deputy
secretary
of
defense,
Laird
somewhat
decentralized
policymaking
and
operations.
He
accorded
the
service
secretaries
and
the
JCS
a
more
influential
role
in
the
development
of
budgets
and
force
levels.
He
revised
the
PPBS,
including
a
return
to
the
use
of
service
budget
ceilings
and
service
programming
of
forces
within
these
ceilings.
The
previously
powerful
systems
analysis
office
could
no
longer
initiate
planning,
only
th evaluate
and
review
service
proposals.
Biography:
Melvin
R.
Laird,
10
Secretary
of
Defense,
Presidential
Medal
of
Freedom
Recipient
Melvin
R.
Laird,
Presidential
Medal
of
Freedom,
2007,
at
<
http://www.medaloffreedom.com/MelvinLaird.htm
>
[accessed
31
March
2008].
310
A.W.
Marshall,
The
Nature
and
Scope
of
Net
Assessments,
(memo
for
the
record;
Washington,
DC:
National
Security
Council,
16
August
1972),
p.
1.
311
Pickett,
Roche,
and
Watts,
Net
Assessment:
A
Historical
Review,
op
cit.,
p.
166.
312
Kissinger
was
obsessed
with
undermining
the
influence
of
Defense
Secretary
Melvin
Laird
and
Secretary
of
State
William
Rogers
by
denigrating
them
behind
their
backs
and
excluding
them
from
major
policy
matters.
"Cutting
out
Mel
Laird
is
what
we
did
for
a
living,"
says
former
Kissinger
Staffer
Laurence
Lynn.
Walter
Isaacson,
Hay
Corey
and
Peter
Stoler,
Two
of
the
Presidents
Men,
Time,
26
April
1982.
313
For
over
a
year,
between
the
fall
of
1970
and
December
1971,
a
Navy
Yeoman
posted
to
the
National
Security
Council
had
been
copying
thousands
of
pages
of
sensitive
NSC
memos
and
secretly
passing
them
to
the
Joint
Chiefs
of
Staff
under
the
direction
of
the
Chairman
of
the
JCS,
Admiral
Moorer.
For
a
variety
of
interpretations,
see:
Len
Colodny,
Excerpt
of
an
Interview
of
Admiral
Thomas
H.
Moorer,
NixonEra.com
Library,
(Beckley,
WV:
Mountain
State
University,
2009),
at
<
http://www.nixonera.com/media/audio/transcripts/moorer.asp
>
[accessed
1
Sep.
2010];
and
David
R.
Young,
Memorandum
for
the
Record:
Interview
of
Admiral
Robert
O.
Welander
on
December
22,
1971
by
John
D.
Ehrlichman
and
David
R.
Young,
(Washington,
DC:
The
White
House,
23
Dec.
1971),
at
<
http://nixontapes.org/welander/197112223_Ehrlichman_Young_Welander.pdf
>
[accessed
3
Sep.
2010].
Walter
Isaacson,
Kissinger:
A
Biography,
(New
York,
NY:
Simon
&
Schuster,
2005)):
pp.
380-387.
314
As
JCS
chairman
under
Nixon
and
Kissinger,
Moorer
only
hardened
in
his
view
of
the
civilian
command.
According
to
a
Defense
Department
study,
the
chairman
often
found
his
and
the
chiefs
advice
disregarded
by
the
president
and
the
secretary
of
defense....
Enlisted
in
devious
end-runs
around
others,
like
Laird,
the
chiefs
knew
better
than
to
imagine
they
were
not
also
being
played....
And
for
what?
Despite
Nixons
reputation
as
a
staunch
anticommunist,
his
foreign
policy
as
president
withdrawal
from
96
organizational competition was a supplementary report on the changing balance between the US and the USSR from the Blue Ribbon Panel effort. From the perspective of the NSC it was business as usual, with assessment interest stemming from strategic competition. Here are two somewhat different versions: In November 1969, Kissinger had initiated Strategic Arms Limitation Talks (SALT) with the Soviets. By the following spring he had begun worrying that the Soviets might begin dragging their feet or otherwise misbehave regarding the negotiations. He therefore convened a special defense panel under K. Wayne Smith to explore programmatic steps the United States might take to pressure the Russians should that prove necessary in order to reach a SALT agreement. During the deliberations of Kissingers special defense panel, Charles Herzfeld pressed Marshall and Schlesinger to assess where the United States stood in the principal areas of military competition between the two Cold War adversaries. In response, Marshall focused on the Soviets and where they were headed, while Schlesinger concentrated on the two sides military budgets. Marshall, however, ended up doing most of the drafting of this first net assessment because of Schlesingers commitments at the Bureau of the Budget. 315 Or. By 1970, however, it was beginning to be clear that the US defense budget would decline after the Vietnam War was over, while the Soviets apparently were expanding their strategic nuclear forces with an intensity that seemed both unbounded and directed toward establishing clear superiority over the United States. The dominance of US forces was eroding and a long term question was how well the United States was equipped to compete with the Soviet Union in military matters. The National Security Council appointed a study group that worked on a net assessment in the last half of 1970. Its report not only speculated on long-term developments in US and Soviet forces, but recommended establishing a more permanent effort to conduct net assessments in
Vietnam, engagement with China, detente with the Soviets alarmed the chiefs as did the heavy hand of Kissinger.... Certain facts on the ground fueled this alarmism. Every day of the Nixon presidency, it seemed, fresh headlines heralded the Soviets ascendancy in strategic weapons production, and Washingtons attendant retreat from postwar hegemony. American Power Margin is Slipping cried the Washington Post. Parity became the eras grim watchword. James Rosen, The Strong Man: John Mitchell and the Secrets of Watergate, (New York, NY: Doubleday, 2008): p. 167. 315 Barry Watts, Scientific Methods and New Assessment, (conference paper; Washington, DC: Conference on Net Assessment, 28 March 2008), p. 4:
97
order to develop a picture of how the competition was going over time.316 Differences over positions in the Strategic Arms Limitations Talks became intertwined with varying degrees of alarm over the changing balance with the Soviets as well as a personality turf war between Laird and Kissinger. Across the Potomac in September 1970, just three months after the Blue Ribbon Report, seven of the sixteen panel members, led by Lewis Powell,317 produced a Supplemental Statement318 as a 35 page Report on the Shifting Balance of Military Power,319 derisively called the Red Book around the NSC for the color of its cover and Russians are Coming! tone.320 However, the reports call for public discussion of converging trends and the need to assess the threat to technological superiority and the contribution of negotiated limitations on the arms race, underscored the need for some type of assessment that would not only function as the basis for military strategy, but also be addressed to Congressional and public audiences.321 The Red Book highlighted three specific areas of major concern about the convergence of a number of trends indicating a significant shifting of the strategic military balance against the United States and in favor of the Soviet Union; with particular concern over: The growing Strategic superiority in ICBMs coupled with convincing evidence that the Soviet Union seeks a preemptive first-strike capability;
316 317
Pickett, Roche, and Watts, Net Assessment: A Historical Review, op cit., p. 166. The pivotal role in this balance supplement played by Lewis Powell, who would be sitting on the Supreme Court within a year is detailed in: John C. Jeffries, Jr., Justice Lewis F. Powell, Jr., (New York, NY: Simon & Schuster, 1994), pp. 217-220. 318 Blue Ribbon Defense Panel - Supplemental Statement, 9/30/1970, Box D5 Department of Defense Papers: Subject File, Baroody Planning Files (Melvin R. Laird Papers - Container List - Part 2: Boxes Not Yet Reviewed for Opening to Research); (Ann Arbor, MI: Gerald R. Ford Library, no date), at < http://www.ford.utexas.edu/library/guides/Finding%20Aids/Laird,_Melvin_-_Papers_ftl2.htm > [accessed 17 November 2005]. 319 The Shifting Balance of Military Power, (Supplemental Statement to Report of Blue Ribbon Defense Panel submitted to the President and the Secretary of Defense signed 30 September 1970; Washington, DC: Government Printing Office, 1971). 320 Net Assessment - US vs. Soviet Union (Comments/Notes Red Book, ca. October 1970 (1)-(2), Boxes B1-B3 (Not Yet Reviewed for Opening to Research); Ann Arbor, MI: Gerald R. Ford Library, no date), op cit.. 321 The Shifting Balance of Military Power, op cit., p. x.
98
The rapidly expanding Soviet naval capability; and The possibility that present US technological superiority will be lost to the Soviet Union. 322
Johnny
Foster,
one
of
the
most
influential
leaders
to
hold
the
position
of
DDR&E,
was
held
in
high
esteem
by
the
Blue
Ribbon
Defense
Panel
and
quoted
extensively
in
the
Supplemental
The
Shifting
Balance
of
Military
Power
report.
In
particular,
he
stressed
concern
about
the
long-range
effects
of
Soviet
R&D
investment
and
concern
that
the
US
was
losing
its
competitive
advantage
in
industrial
base
long-range
competitive
themes
picked
up
by
the
Blue
Ribbon
report.323
The
authors
of
the
supplemental
Report
on
the
Shifting
Balance
of
Military
Power
admitted
that
it
does
not
purport
to
be
an
exhaustive
assessment
of
the
comparative
military
capabilities
and
emphasized
that
it
had
a
public
education
purpose.324
But
one
side
effect
was
to
sensitize
the
Kissinger
NSC
that
some
type
of
net
effort
at
assessing
the
US
v.
Soviet
strategic
balance
was
going
to
happen
whether
they
liked
it
or
not
and
that,
rather
than
defensively
critiquing
the
failings
of
others,
they
should
get
ahead
of
it,
and
take
the
lead.
Although
its
avowed
purpose
was
to
rally
public
opinion
behind
a
strong
defense,
the
report
was
immediately
buried.
Nothing
was
heard
of
it
for
six
months.
The
White
House
intervened
through
Henry
Kissinger,
who
asked
the
Deputy
Secretary
of
Defense
to
have
his
staff
review
the
Report
in
some
detail
for
substantive
accuracy
and
for
consistency
with
our
other
public
statements
before
further
consideration
is
given
to
releasing
it
to
the
public.
In
other
words,
never
was
soon
enough.325
Despite
a
cold
shoulder
from
the
National
Security
Council,326
this
pioneering
US- Soviet
side-by-side
comparison
also
popularized,
even
within
the
DOD/NSC
322 323
Ibid., pp. vii. US qualitative superiority in weapons, due to its advanced technology, has afforded a decisive advantage over the past years. This advantage is now being eroded away, as the US falls behind the Soviet Union in the support of R&D and in the training of scientists and engineers. There is an ever present risk of disastrous technological surprise in major weaponry where an open society is in competition with a closed Communist society. We are neglecting, by inadequate support and planning, to minimize this risk. Ibid., pp. v and 22: In addition to talented leadership and the necessary industrial base, the essential ingredients of a vital and competitive technology are skilled manpower and adequate R&D funding." The US is falling behind the Soviet Union in both of these respects. 324 Ibid., p. v. 325 Jeffries, Jr., Justice Lewis F. Powell, op cit., p. 218. 326 Finally, on March 12, 1971, the statement was released without fanfare by low-level defense officials and given almost no circulation. Even Blue Ribbon Defense Panels members were not sent
99
community,
the
concept
of
a
balance
that
should
be
periodically
watched
and
weighed
via
a
methodology
called
net
assessment.327
Because
the
Red
Book
intermixed
description
and
prescription,
subsequent
NSC
emphasis
would
separate
them
with
an
emphasis
upon
the
diagnostic
nature
of
net
assessment.
In
the
fall
1970,
the
Nixon
Administration
began
taking
the
possibility
of
meaningful
conventional
arms
control
in
Europe
serious.
In
an
NSC
Senior
Review
Group
meeting,
chaired
by
the
National
Security
Advisor,
contrasted
the
opening
position,
or
more
accurately,
non-position
with
the
past
attention
given
to
strategic
forces:
This
will
be
a
brief
meeting
to
review
where
we
stand
on
MBFR
and
agree
where
we
go
from
here.
We
have
identified
a
number
of
approaches:
1)
an
approach
that
is
basically
political;
2)
an
arms
control
approach
which
attempts
to
preserve
or
enhance
our
military
position
through
asymmetrical
cuts.
I
have
the
impression
from
our
work
on
NSSM
84
and
the
NSC
meeting
that
there
is
a
general
consensus
that
symmetrical
cuts
of
any
significant
size
are
not
very
desirable
from
the
security
point
of
view.
The
only
symmetrical
cuts
that
would
not
be
undesirable
would
be
so
small
as
to
be
symbolic,
and
even
these
might
run
counter
to
attempts
to
improve
our
posture.
This
leaves
us
with
an
attempt
to
develop
an
asymmetrical
approach.
Conceptually
an
asymmetrical
approach
represents
a
tough
problem.
Contrary
to
the
SALT
exercise,
we
have
developed
no
criteria
for
comparison
we
have
no
yard- sticks.
Nor
have
we
worked
out
questions
of
collateral
restraints,
either
symmetrical
or
asymmetrical.
Our
biggest
problem
is
related
to
the
mobilization
date.
Ideally,
we
should
develop
constraints
designed
to
give
maximum
warning
or
to
impede
mobilization
and
reinforcement.
We
haven't
yet
worked
out
what
specific
constraints
would
be
most
effective.
(to
Mr.
Helms)
We
haven't
had
a
systematic
analysis
of
how
our
intelligence
capabilities
could
be
strengthened
to
help
us
monitor
an
agreement.
This
is
a
tough
problem.328
After
discussion
of
substantive
issues,
the
topic
turned
to
the
question
of
how
to
proceed:
Mr.
Kissinger:
(to
Wayne
Smith)
Let's
get
a
working
panel
to
work
on
this,
chaired
by
CIA
with
DIA
representation.
Mr.
Packard:
That's
a
good
idea.
Also,
we
have
some
new
capability
which
we
copies.
Powell
expected
President
Nixon
and
Secretary
Laird
to
applaud
his
statement.
He
failed
to
realize
that
his
alarming
attack
on
strategic
preparedness
against
the
Soviet
threat
was
as
unwelcome
to
the
administration
as
it
was
to
their
liberal
critics.
Jeffries,
Jr.,
Justice
Lewis
F.
Powell,
op
cit.,
p.
218.
327
Net
Assessment
-
US
vs.
Soviet
Union
(Comments/Notes
Red
Book,
ca.
October
1970
(1)-(2),
Boxes
B1-B3
[Not
Yet
Reviewed
for
Opening
to
Research],
op
cit..
328
Minutes
of
a
Senior
Review
Group
Meeting,
Subject:
Military
[Mutual]
Balanced
Force
Reductions,
(23
November
1970),
Foreign
Relations
of
the
United
States,
1969-1976
Volume
XXXIX,
European
Security,
Document
39,
pp.
99-105.
100
are looking at as an independent matter. Mr. Kissinger: We need a compilation of all the sources of our information, what sort of information we get and what sort we need. For example, I noticed a reference to the fact that if the Soviet forces were returned to the Moscow and Kiev Military Districts this wouldn't help us. Why would it not help us somewhat to have Soviet forces moved 1000 miles back? Why would it be necessary for them to go beyond the Urals? I can see the relationship of a move 1000 miles back by the Soviets to a 3000 mile move by the U.S., but it should help some. (to Wayne Smith) Let's get this compilation. Mr. Irwin: At least we would get an idea of the time span of our uncoverage. Mr. Helms: The idea of a task force is first class. Dr. Smith: Has anyone done any work on the recent Warsaw Pact exercises in this regard? We could learn something from it. Mr. Packard: We have done some work but nothing very detailed. Mr. Kissinger: We must try to be as concrete as possible. For example, we speak of troops being disbanded. Do we mean that these troops would go into reserve status; would their weapons be destroyed; if not, where would their weapons be moved? We must know what we are talking about.
Over
the
next
six
months,
the
need
for
Net
Assessments
of
US
and
Soviet
forces,
and
the
role
of
doing
it
from
the
NSC
as
an
interagency
process
began
to
take
hold.329
There
is
some
evidence
that
a
contemporary
paper
Net
Assessment
of
US
and
Soviet
Force
Posture,
prepared
in
1970
by
Andrew
Marshall,
then
a
NSC
consultant,
was
either
viewed
as
countering
the
supplemental
Red
Book
report,
or
at
a
minimum
recommending
further
follow-up
to
it.330
In
any
case
it
was
relevant
to
a
whole
new
area
of
interest
in
the
balance
of
General
Purpose
Forces.
Thus
in
a
Summary,
Conclusions
and
Recommendations,
prepared
for
National
Security
Advisor
Kissinger,
he
highlighted
the
following:
There
is
considerable
importance
to
having
better,
more
finely
tuned
net
assessments
of
the
relative
position
of
US
and
Soviet
force
postures.
Crude
measures
were
acceptable
in
the
past,
but
are
no
longer
so.
Moreover,
the
question
of
how
we
are
doing
relative
to
the
Soviets
will
be
increasingly
raised
329
Ray Cline, Information Memorandum From the Director of the Bureau of Intelligence and Research (Cline) to the Under Secretary of State (Irwin): Subject: Factors in Making a Net Assessment of US and Soviet Strategic Forces, (8 March 1971), Foreign Relations of the United States, 1969- 1976 Volume II, Organization and Management of U.S. Foreign Policy, 1969-1972, Document 228, pp. 487- 490. 330 Various files refer to the following National Security Council memo: A. W. Marshall, Net Assessment of US and Soviet Force Posture: Summary, Conclusions and Recommendations, (Washington, DC: National Security Council, 1970).
101
as a more important political question than has been in [sic] the case in the past. A case can be made that in the areas that we cared most about, namely, Naval forces, military R&D, and strategic offensive forces, we have been until recently, rather far ahead of the Soviets. They have now caught up in almost all of these and may be on the point of passing us. All of this suggest that it will be important to find some regular way to get better, more refined assessments.331
In
short
Marshall
was
admitting
that
in
the
same
areas
that
the
Red
Book
had
highlighted,
there
were
noticeable
and
negative
changes
in
American
competitive
standing.
Recognizing
that
in
the
past
there
had
been
a
subcommittee
led
by
a
three
star
general
that
prepared
net
assessments,
Marshall
recommended
to
Kissinger
that
the
NSC:
begin
by
organizing
and
conducting
a
major
national
study
to
produce
a
net
assessment
of
US
and
Soviet
force
postures
as
of
end
1972.
Since
this
will
be
the
first
net
assessment
made
in
some
time
using
the
mechanism
of
a
national
study
will
allow
one
to
bring
in
whoever
seems
to
be
the
most
suitable
and
best
able
to
contribute
to
such
an
assessment.
Such
a
study
ought
to
run
about
a
year
to
eighteen
months.
The
time
will
be
needed
to
get
the
Intelligence
community
up
to
speed
in
many
areas
now
lacking
adequate
data.
The
virtue
of
this
effort
also
would
be
that
it
could
bring
to
bear
absolutely
first-rate
people
who
would
perform
not
only
the
function
of
producing
the
initial
estimate,
but
set
standards
for
future
estimates
to
come.
Moreover,
a
number
of
methodological
improvements
will
need
to
be
developed.
Subsequent
assessments
could
be
undertaken
by
an
organization
within
the
government,
institutionalized
in
whatever
seemed
to
be
the
most
appropriate
way.
Indeed,
one
could
draw
on
the
experience
of
having
the
national
study
to
come
up
with
recommendations
as
to
how
best
to
organize
and
conduct
future
net
assessments
within
the
standard
bureaucracy.332
In conclusion Marshall recommended that Kissinger consider organizing a national study to produce a net assessment by end 1972. Moreover, he suggested that this group be asked to produce a plan for the regular supply of such assessments and tasked with the development of appropriate methodologies and data bases for making such assessments.333 President Nixon had struggled with the organization of US intelligence, and with the organizational recommendations on defense by the Blue Ribbon Defense
331 332
333
102
Panel,334 he directed James Schlesinger (then Deputy Director of the Office of Management and Budget) in December 1970 to recommend options on how the organizational structure of the Intelligence Community could be changed to bring about greater efficiency and effectiveness. Completed in March 1971, Schlesinger produced A Review of the Intelligence Community,335 focused on consumer views336 and found a fragmented effort with unnecessarily competitive and redundant collection activities, a disorganized and ineffective management, costly inefficiency, and analytical products that often suffered in timeliness or quality.337 Although the report received most attention for its reform of the management structure with a strong DCI who could bring intelligence costs under control, it also focused on improving analytic quality338 and, at the end, recommended: Periodic review by outsiders of intelligence products, of the main working hypotheses within the community, and of analytical methods being used. A net assessment group established at the national level which, along with the NSSM process, will keep questioning the community and challenging it to refine and support its hypotheses.339
334
Woodrow J. Kuhns, Intelligence Failures: Forecasting and the Lessons of Epistemology, in Paradoxes of Strategic Intelligence: Essays in Honor of Michael I. Handel, edited by Richard K. Betts and Thomas G. Mahnken, (London, UK: Frank Cass, 2003), p. 99, footnote 19, attributes Nixons interest to unhappiness with the intelligence community, especially its convoluted organization and followed on the heels of a similar review by the BRDP. 335 James R. Schlesinger, A Review of the Intelligence Community, (report; Washington, DC: Office of Management and Budget, 10 March 1971), at < http://www.gwu.edu/~nsarchiv/NSAEBB/NSAEBB144/document%204.pdf > [accessed 12 March 2008]. 336 Kuhns, Intelligence Failures: Forecasting and the Lessons of Epistemology, op cit.. 337 st For background, see: Harold Brown and Warren B. Rudman, Preparing for the 21 Century: An Appraisal of US Intelligence, (Washington, DC: Commission on the Roles and Capabilities of the US Intelligence Community, 1 March 1996), Appendix A. The Evolution of the US Intelligence Community An Historical Overview, at < http://www.fas.org/irp/offdocs/int022.html > [accessed 15 March 2008]. For a contemporary commentary on the Schlesinger report, see: Comments on A A Review of the Intelligence Community, (Langley, VA: CIA CREST Collection, NARA II, no date), at < http://www.gwu.edu/~nsarchiv/NSAEBB/NSAEBB144/document%205.pdf > [accessed 13 March 2008]. 338 Schlesinger, A Review of the Intelligence Community, op cit., p. 12: Despite the richness of the data made available by modern methods of collection and the rising costs of their acquisition, it is not at all clear that our hypotheses about foreign intentions, capabilities, and activities have improved commensurately in scope and quality. This is also a point stressed by Kuhns, Intelligence Failures: Forecasting and the Lessons of Epistemology, op cit., pp. 84-85. 339 Schlesinger, A Review of the Intelligence Community, op cit., pp. 45-46.
103
After half a year of internal review and debate, the President incorporated much of the Schlesinger study in a major reorganization of the American intelligence community that also had significant implications for net assessment.
104
In
November
1971,
President
Nixon
issued
a
Presidential
Memorandum
on
the
Organization
and
Management
of
the
US
Foreign
Intelligence
Community,341
focused
on
more
efficient
use
of
resources
and
improvement
in
the
intelligence
product.
The
Director
of
Central
Intelligence
was
made
responsible
for
planning,
reviewing,
and
evaluating
all
intelligence
programs
and
activities
and
in
the
production
of
national
intelligence
as
well
as
setting
up
an
interagency
Intelligence
Committee,
chaired
by
the
National
Security
Advisor,
and
consisting
of
the
Attorney
General,
the
Under
Secretary
of
State,
the
Deputy
Secretary
of
Defense,
the
Chairman
of
the
Joint
Chiefs
of
Staff,
and
the
DCI.342
As
part
of
the
intelligence
community
reorganization
the
President
also
that
a
Net
Assessment
Group
be
created
within
the
National
Security
Council
Staff.
The
group
will
be
headed
by
a
senior
staff
member
and
will
be
responsible
for
reviewing
and
evaluating
all
intelligence
products
and
for
producing
net
assessments
of
US
capabilities
vis--vis
those
of
foreign
governments
constituting
a
threat
to
US
security.343
directed:
This represented a virtual mirroring of the above Schlesinger recommendations and equally interesting, combined both functions within one office, and Andy Marshall
340 341
Ibid., p. 7. Richard M. Nixon, Organization and Management of the US Foreign Intelligence Community (Memorandum; Washington, DC: The White House, 5 November 1971), p. 6. 342 Appendix A. The Evolution of the US Intelligence Community An Historical Overview, op cit.. 343 Ibid. This Memorandum was superceded by Gerald R. Fords Executive Order 11905 on United States Foreign Intelligence Activities, of 18 February 1976, which makes no mention of Net Assessment function or office anywhere in the six agencies making up the intelligence community or the NSC.
105
was
recruited
to
lead
the
NSCs
NAG344
an
acronym
that
became
popular
with
those
who
resented
having
someone
grade
their
intelligence
products.
Following
the
NSCs
lead,345
in
December
1971346
Laird
formally
implemented
the
first
and
only
Blue
Ribbon
Defense
Panel
recommendation
up
to
that
time,
and
established
an
Office
of
Net
Assessment
reporting
directly
to
the
Secretary
of
Defense.347
However,
trying
to
use
the
SecDef
office
as
the
E-ring
strategic
coordinator
was
one
thing,
but
for
it
to
also
serve
as
surrogate
lead
for
Long-Range
Planning
as
a
part-time
activity
while
ground-breaking
a
new
methodology
of
Net
Assessment,
all
without
a
dedicated
staff,
was
neither
implementable
nor
sustainable.
The
very
breadth
of
Col.
Marshalls
histrionic
interest,
indeed
preoccupation
with
Vietnam
and
its
lessons
learned,
seemed
to
invert
these
assessment
efforts
from
a
relevant
forward
looking
center-stage
to
a
retrospective
backwater.348
Moreover,
the
position
remained
unfulfilled
and
the
function
unaddressed
while
an
intense
OSD
v.
NSC
dialogue
on
the
subject
of
Net
Assessment
went
on
between
late
1971-mid
1972.349
344
Richard Nixons reorganization of the national intelligence community established a Net Assessment Group (NAG) on the NSC, which Marshall was asked to head. Watts, Scientific Methods and New Assessment, op cit, p. 4. 345 Douglas Kinnard, The Secretary of Defense, (Lexington, KY: University Press of Kentucky, 1980), p. 236, footnote 42: suggests that the original motivation may have been to counter Kissingers net assessment activity within the National Security Council staff. The timing of events would not contradict that, but there is substantial weight that Laird had a commitment to implementing that part of the BRDP recommendation since the fall of 1970. 346 The date given is from Watts, Scientific Methods and New Assessment, op cit, p. 4. 347 The position was set up as a Schedule C appointment positions in which the incumbent serves at the pleasure of the agency head. These positions are excepted from the competitive service by law, by Executive order, or by the Office of Personnel Management (OPM) based on their responsibility for determining or advocating agency policy or their confidential character. Transition to a New Presidential Administration: Employment Guidance for Agencies, (Washington, DC: United States Office of Personnel Management, August 2000). 348 Lt. Col. Donald S. Marshall, Summary of Observations and Recommendations Resulting from a Visit to Vietnam and the PACOM Area, February 1971, Boxes B1-B3 (Not Yet Reviewed for Opening to Research); and Preliminaries to a Net Assessment of the Vietnam Conflict, 1972 (1)-(2), Box A101 (Not Yet Reviewed for Opening to Research), Ibid.. 349 Net Assessment - White House, 1972, Box A82 (Open to Research), op cit. T.H. Moorer (CJCS), Concerning Capabilities Assessment, Memo, 11/2/71, Boxes B1-B3 (Not Yet Reviewed for Opening to Research), op cit.; Net Assessment - Study Effort, March-April 1972, Ibid; and Nature and Scope of Net Assessments, 4/26/72, Ibid. The latter is close to the same title of an Andrew Marshall memo dated 4/26/72, and may in fact have been a copy or critique of a version of a for comment draft. See: Andrew W. Marshall, The Nature and Scope of National Net Assessments, (draft NSC memorandum; Washington, DC: National Security Council, 16 August 1972), pp. 1-12.
106
This delay in filling a position that Laird wanted and had invested
considerable
personal
political
capital
in
getting
established,
was
not
unique
to
the
Net
Assessment
function.
For
example,
in
October
1972
Congress
passed
legislation
creating
a
second
deputy
secretary
of
defense
position,
which
was
a
proposal
Laird
strongly
supported,
even
though
he
never
filled
the
position.350
Laird
was
not
the
only
one
side-tracked
by
the
politics.
Over
at
the
White
House:
bureaucratic
tension
between
the
NSC
and
the
Pentagon
over
who
would
be
in
charge
of
national
net
assessments
prevented
Marshall
from
getting
any
started
in
1972.351
The
departure
of
Secretary
Laird
early
in
1973352
and
the
dispersal
of
his
Long- Range
Planning
staff,
compounded
the
departmental
disorganization
produced
by
the
short
tenure
of
Elliott
Richardson
(three
Secretaries
within
six
months)
left
the
Net
Assessment
office
stillborn,
albeit
with
a
heroic
mandate
waiting
to
be
filled.
In
April
1972
Andrew
W.
Marshall
arrived
at
the
National
Security
Council
as
a
full
time
employee
to
head
up
the
Net
Assessment
Group.353
After
getting
the
office
organized
with
both
assigned
military
assistants
and
secretarial
support
he
laid
out
the
analytical
mission:
In
the
past
the
US
held
a
clear
edge
in
nearly
every
aspect
of
international
competition;
certainly
we
did
so
in
military
forces
and
military
R&D.
Where
and
when
we
were
challenged
we
were
always
able
to
divert
enough
resources
to
the
problem
area
to
restore
our
superiority.
That
is,
we
were
able
to
buy
solutions
to
our
problems.
This
is
no
longer
the
case.
There
is
severe
pressure
to
reduce
military
expenditures,
and
this
pressure
is
likely
to
continue.
Thus
there
is
a
high
premium
on
thoughtful
and
inventive
approaches
to
the
defense
problem
solution,
and
on
carefully
calculated
risk
taking.
To
make
this
work,
we
must
have
a
very
clear
description
of
the
comparative
situation
of
ourselves
and
our
rivals.354
It
is
not
clear
who
this
was
written
for,
but
the
message
was
clear,
it
was
time
to
350 th
Melvin R. Laird, 10 Secretary of Defense, op cit., notes that by 1972 Laird was a lame-duck: Because he had stated repeatedly that he would serve only four years it came as no surprise when President Nixon on 28 November 1972 nominated Elliot L. Richardson to succeed him. 351 Watts, Scientific Methods and New Assessment, op cit, p. 4. 352 Announced on 28 November 1972 and formally succeeded by Elliot L. Richardson on 29 January 1973. Secretary of Defense Melvin R. Laird, SecDef Histories, DefenseLink, undated, < http://www.defenselink.mil/specials/secdef_histories/bios/laird.htm > [accessed 20 November 2005]. 353 Background on Attached Memorandum, op cit., p. 2. 354 Marshall, The Nature and Scope of Net Assessment, op cit., p. 1.
107
play
smart,
not
rich.355
In
the
memorandum,
Marshall
explicitly
recognized
that
to
make
this
work,
we
must
have
a
very
clear
description
of
the
comparative
situation
of
ourselves
and
our
rivals.356
Although
at
this
stage
the
function
was
not
called
competitive
strategy,357
The
long-term
competitive
position
of
the
US
military
establishment
compared
with
its
counterpart
should
be
analyzed
and
evaluated.
Since
many
of
the
basic
assumptions
of
US
foreign
and
defense
policy
are
in
question
and
transition,
the
scope
of
even
military
net
assessments
should
be
broadened
to
include
political
and
economic
aspects.358
Particularly noteworthy here, was the warning against bipolar simplicity and a rejection of the deductive policy driven Estimate of the Situation approach so typical of past American military strategy analysis.359 Whether intentional or accidental, this was putting meat on the bare bones of Lairds view of Net Assessment as a form of strategic sociology360 systemically integrating cultural, economic, technological, and political trends and the vehicle for doing so would be Net Assessment at the National Level.361 Marshall came uniquely prepared, having spent the previous decade addressing most of the problematic issues that would drive a comparison of rival strengths and weaknesses. This experience and reflectivity covered issues of: long range planning for analytical organizations,362 treating uncertainty,363 problems of
355
Play smart, not rich. was my phrase, trying to describe what I believed was the dominant theme of the Marshall competitive strategy approach. See: Abshire and Karber, NATO Net Assessment, op cit., pp. D23-D28. 356 Marshall, The Nature and Scope of Net Assessment, op cit., p. 1. 357 This was the theme of his last paper as a RAND employee: A.W. Marshall, Long-Term Competition with the Soviets: A Framework for Strategic Analysis, (R-862-PR; Santa Monica, CA: RAND Corporation, 1972), pp. 1-61. 358 Marshall, The Nature and Scope of Net Assessment, op cit., p. 1. 359 See earlier discussion in section I. Strategy Development and the Need for Assessment. 360 See earlier discussion in section III. Lairds Search for a Strategy Dialectic. 361 William Baroody to [Henry Kissinger] the Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs, Concerning Net Assessment at the National Level, (9/1/1972), Boxes B1-B3 Department of Defense Papers: Baroody Planning Files, Gerald R. Ford Library. 362 Bernard Brodie, Charles J. Hitch, A.W. Marshall, The Next Ten Years, (Santa Monica, CA: The RAND Corp., December 1954). 363 A.W. Marshall, A Treatment of Uncertainty, (Santa Monica, CA: The RAND Corp., May 1955).
108
estimating
military
power,364
addressing
cost
and
delays
in
procurement,365
technological
forecasting,366
employing
special
intelligence
to
gain
insight
into
opponent
decisions
and
structures,367
using
organization
behavior
to
improve
intelligence,368
asymmetries
in
opposed
force
design,369
comparing
rival
research
and
development
strategies,370
using
bureaucratic
behavior
to
get
a
deeper
appreciation
of
various
balances,371
as
well
as
thinking
about
long-term
competitive
frameworks.372
The
combined
breadth
and
depth
of
this
body
of
work,
led
him
to
be
skeptical
about
single
point
comparative
methods
and
facile
claims
of
quick
fixes,
particularly
those
pitched
by
technological
salesmen.
If,
within
a
year,
Schlesinger
would
bring
the
most
relevant
resume
to
the
position
of
Secretary
of
Defense,373
Marshall
would
equal
it
in
breadth
and
depth
of
related
analytical
experience
applicable
to
strategy
development,
long-range
planning
and
net
assessment.
One
of
the
first
things
Marshall
did
upon
arriving
at
the
NSC,
was
to
lay
out
a
foundational
game
plan
for
what
he
called
the
Nature
and
Scope
of
Net
Assessment.
Again,
he
went
back
to
the
same
areas
of
alleged
growing
imbalance
that
had
been
highlighted
in
the
Red
Book
eighteen
months
earlier.
Areas
in
which
the
Soviet
Union
is
alleged
to
have
or
be
moving
toward
364
A.W. Marshall, Problems of Estimating Military Power, (P-3417; Santa Monica, CA: Rand Corporation, 1966). 365 A.W. Marshall and H. W. Meckling, Predictability of the Cost, Time, and Success of Development, (p-1821; Santa Monica, CA: The RAND Corp., 1959). 366 A.W. Marshall and J. E. Loftus, Forecasting Soviet Force Structure: The Importance of Bureaucratic and budgetary Constraints, (p-1821; Santa Monica, CA: The RAND Corp., July 1963). 367 Project Sovoy was an effort at RAND led by A.W. Marshall and Joe Loftus, where selected RAND analysts would provide interface with the intelligence community, acquiring a deeper appreciation on what was known on the Soviet Union, thus giving them a measure of their own entropy in order to provide better forecasts. Based on interview with Marshall by Stephen Peter Rosen, Winning the Next War: Innovation and the Modern Military, (Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1991), pp. 217-218. 368 A.W. Marshall, The Improvement in Intelligence Estimates Through Study of Organizational Behavior, (paper for Board of Trustees Meeting; Santa Monica, CA: The RAND Corp., April 1968). 369 Marshall, Net Assessment of US and Soviet Force Posture: Summary, Conclusions and Recommendations, op cit.. 370 A.W. Marshall, Comparisons, R&D Strategy, and Policy Issues, (RAND Working Note WN-7630- DDRE; Santa Monica, CA: RAND, October 1971). 371 A.W. Marshall, Bureaucratic Behavior and the Strategic Arms Competition, (paper presented at the Southern California Arms Control & Foreign Policy Seminar; Los Angeles, CA: October 1971). 372 A.W. Marshall, Long-Term Competition with the Soviets: A Framework for Strategic Analysis, (R-862-PR; Santa Monica, CA: RAND Corporation, 1972). 373 Work at RAND as well as head of national security programs at the Bureau of the Budget, Director of the Atomic Energy Commission, and Director of the CIA.
109
superiority, such as naval forces, strategic nuclear forces, or R&D require investigation.374
The
idea
was
neither
to
counter
nor
mirror
the
Red
Book
hyperbole,
but
rather
substitute
a
diagnostic
approach,
and
Marshall
was
candid
about
the
challenge.
Net
assessment
in
the
sense
we
propose
is
not
an
easy
task.
The
single
most
productive
resource
that
can
be
brought
to
bear
in
making
net
assessments
is
sustained
hard
intellectual
effort.
The
methodologies
for
doing
net
assessments
are
virtually
non-existent.
Data
problems
abound.375
Nevertheless,
alluding
in
the
same
paragraph
to
the
concerns
raised
in
the
Red
Book,
he
concluded
that
whether
difficult
or
not,
the
need
for
net
assessments
is
clear.
Admitting
that
clearly
the
term
net
assessment
is
not
well
defined,
nonetheless
in
this
memo
that
launched
the
formal
NSC
Net
Assessment
activity,
Marshall
succinctly
articulated
the
basic
principles
of
a
Net
Assessment
approach,
which
emphasized
seven
significant
themes:376
1.
Multi-disciplinary
comparative
breadth:
Our
notion
of
a
net
assessment
is
that
it
is
a
careful
comparison
of
US
weapon
systems,
forces,
and
policies
in
relation
to
those
of
other
countries.
Net
assessments
should
aim
at
a
broad
and
comprehensive
examination
of
the
area
of
interest.
They
are
concerned
with
national
security
in
its
broadest
sense,
embracing
political,
economic,
and
technological
problems
as
well
as
purely
military
ones.377
374 375
376 377
Marshall, The Nature and Scope of Net Assessment, op cit., p. 2. Ibid: p. 2. Ibid. Ibid.
110
3.
Side-by-side
comparisons
should
be
placed
in
an
operational
environment,
theater
of
conflict,
or
contingent
scenario:
They
should
evaluate
the
status
of
the
competition
in
terms
of
outcomes
of
potential
conflicts
and
confrontations.
Net
Assessments,
in
contrast
to
other
analyses,
are
the
most
comprehensive,
and
in
principle
concern
themselves
with
actual
outcomes
of
combat
or
of
competitions.379
work
done
in
the
past,
in
systems
analysis
studies
and
some
NSSMs
tends
to
focus
on
weapons
systems
choices
in
a
simplified
context.
The
results
of
these
studies
tend
to
be
expressed
in
terms
of
outputs
of
various
force
levels
and
structures,
such
as
submarines
sunk,
warheads
delivered,
fatalities
caused,
etc.
The
assumptions
which
are
made
in
achieving
the
needed
simplification
may
bias
assessment
outcomes
in
the
more
likely
contingencies.
4.
Conclusions
about
combatant
effectiveness
needed
to
be
modulated
in
terms
of
production
and
support
efficiencies
which
were
key
to
sustaining
a
long-term
advantage:
They
should
compare
the
efficiency
with
which
the
various
powers,
including
the
US,
are
conducting
the
competition.
Where
there
are
areas
of
apparently
great
efficiency,
or
inefficiency
net
assessments
should
explain
them.380
5.
Claimed
competitive
efficiencies
needed
to
be
deconstructed
so
they
could
be
better
understood,
borrowed,
and/or
targeted:
Where
there
are
areas
of
apparently
great
efficiency,
or
inefficiency
net
assessments
should
explain
them.
It
will
highlight
efficiency
and
inefficiency
in
the
way
we
and
others
do
things,
and
areas
of
comparative
advantage
with
respect
to
our
rivals.381
6.
Include
a
range
of
potential
competitors,
not
just
the
US-Soviet
relationship,
and
include
both
allies
and
enemies
of
our
enemies:
The
implications
of
multiple
rivalries
and
balances,
rather
than
bipolar
simplicity,
should
be
examined.
378 379
Ibid. As such, they raise severe problems of data and of analysis methodology. Marshall, Letter to Col. Harold L. Hitch Hitchens, (HQ USAF; Washington, DC: National Security Council memorandum, 26 March 1972), p. 1. Recognizing that elaborate combat simulations and models or warfare scenarios should be avoided initially because of their dependence upon implicit assumptions and opaque processing of outcomes, he concluded that generally, at least in the first instance, the comparison of interest between forc4es, postures, and programs will by side-by-side rather than face-to-face. 380 Ibid. 381 Ibid.
111
It can be focused to deal with real or at least credible adversaries, rather than the fictitious, highly abstracted and oversimplified antagonists found in present study efforts.382
7.
To
be
of
maximum
benefit
to
security
policy
and
defense
planning
Net
Assessment
should
be
descriptive,
not
prescriptive:
Aim
at
providing
diagnosis
of
problems
and
opportunities,
rather
than
recommended
actions.
The
focus
on
diagnosis
rather
than
solutions
is
especially
significant.
The
use
of
net
assessment
is
intended
to
be
diagnostic.
It
is
not
intended
to
provide
recommendations
as
to
force
levels
or
force
structures
as
an
output.383
Although these seven themes were never articulated as formal rules, they were reflected in both Marshalls frequent questions and guidance to anyone tasked with running a balance or competitive assessment who bothered to ask. A number of the OSD/NA staff have reflected on what they perceived as a lack of methodology for Net Assessment and Marshalls reticence in trying to inculcate a school solution in the staff or promulgate a cookie-cutter approach.384 Too many of them, who served in his office as Military Assistants with overlapping service from the mid-1970s to the 1990s, subscribe to this view to challenge it, or suggest that there was an early versus late Marshall. Nevertheless, for the two-decades of near continuous interaction I had with him, I found it not only easy to get Marshalls methodological guidance but concluded that he seemed to welcome discussing it. Certainly, the number of times he referenced the need to work on methodologies between 1970 and 1974 while architecting what would become Net Assessment argues heavily against the thesis that he was against method.385
382 383
Ibid. Ibid. 384 Watts, Scientific Methods and New Assessment, op cit, p. 5, makes a point of later reading the Nature and Scope of Net Assessment paper and having been frustrated that it Marshall had not made an effort to show it to him before he did his balance work: Andrew May and I immediately recognized that this short document contained a conceptual blueprint for diagnostic net assessment that Marshall was still following three decades later. Somewhat miffed and perplexed, I asked Marshall why he had never shown this seminal memo to meor to any of the other military and civilian assistants who had worked in his office since the late-1970s. With a slight smile he said that he would have gladly shown it to me or anyone else in ONA if they had asked to see it. 385 Marshall, The Nature and Scope of Net Assessment, op cit., p. 2.
112
between the US and some rival nation in terms of some aspect of our national security activity, but explicitly noted that the term had two connotations of equal importance. The second meaning being that Net Assessment was the most comprehensive form of analysis in the hierarch of analysis. Admitting that at present, net assessment as a distinctive form of analysis is not clearly defined, nevertheless he argued that it is possible to indicate the general nature of the analysis desired, and its objectives.386 Net assessment as a specific form of analysis will become more fully defined as various net assessments are produced, and specialized methods of analysis evolve. New analytical tools are needed to identify problems and trends, and to assist in shaping changes. We see a number of ways in which net assessment can achieve major advances in the art of analysis.387 These are hardly the admonitions of one against method. Rather it is recognition that there are different of levels of analysis, each requiring their own unique methodologies; a candid recognition that the state-of-the-art needed to be improved, as well as a commitment to help develop relevant approaches. As mentioned earlier Sun Tzus Five Strategic Arts388 measurements, estimates, analysis, balancing, and triumph provide the components of a comparative evaluation or what is termed, in todays intelligence jargon, net assessment.389 As a check list of important things to consider these items hardly seem innovative. However, they take on more meaning if viewed as a series of sequential steps, each with its own unique method, successively and cumulatively building on the steps of their predecessor and adding a different set of unique intellectual tasks.
386 387
Marshall, The Nature and Scope of Net Assessment, op cit., p. 2. Ibid., pp. 3-5. 388 We originally used the version translated by Samuel Griffith: Sun Tzu, The Art of War, (New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 1963); but later moved to the R. L. Wing version: Tzu, The Art of Strategy, op cit., book IV, section 16, pp. 62-63. 389 Handel, Masters of War, op cit., p. 237.
113
The
situation
give
rise
to
measurements.
Measurements
give
rise
to
estimates.
Estimates
give
rise
to
analysis.
Analysis
give
rise
to
balancing.
Balance
gives
rise
to
triumph.
Therefore,
a
winning
Strategy
is
like
a
pound
balanced
against
an
ounce.
While
a
losing
Strategy
is
like
an
ounce
balanced
against
a
pound.390
Like
Sun
Tzu,
Marshall
defined
the
ultimate
form
of
triumph
as
dissuading
the
opponent
to
drop
out
of
a
long-term
competition391
rather
than
fighting
a
real
war
to
annihilation.392
As
I
reviewed
the
various
memos
and
writings
on
Net
Assessment,
it
appeared
to
me
that
Sun
Tzus
Five
Strategic
Arts
were
a
virtual
index
of
Marshalls
multi-tiered
analytical
framework:
Measurements
collecting
empirical
data
in
a
comparable
format;
Data
is
not
available
in
important
areas
because
US
Intelligence
has
not
focused
on
some
aspects
of
Soviet
posture
needed
to
make
net
assessments.
For
many
force
components,
intelligence
is
skimpy
on
matters
concerning
logistics,
general
levels
of
readiness,
etc.393
Data
on
US
allies
is
incomplete
and
inaccurate.
Data
on
our
own
forces
and
programs
is
frequently
not
available
in
a
form
which
permits
ready
comparison
with
that
available
on
the
Soviets.394
Estimates
discovering,
describing
and
distinguishing
those
elements
that
are
unmeasurable
but
important
and
not
overly
depending
upon
quantitative
measurements
that
are
incomplete;
There
are
many
difficulties
in
providing
a
good
net
assessment
of
the
current
military
balance
and
future
likely
trends.
For
one
thing
the
Intelligence
evaluation
of
the
Soviet
posture
frequently
does
not
focu
son
some
of
the
key
aspects
for
making
such
a
comparison.
The
emphasis
in
US
Intelligence
has
tended
to
be
on
order
of
battle,
and
390 391
Tzu, The Art of Strategy, op cit., book IV, section 16, pp. 62-63. Marshall, Long-Term Competition with the Soviets: A Framework for Strategic Analysis, op cit.; and Marshall, The Nature and Scope of Net Assessment, op cit., p. 2. 392 The ideal Strategy, therefore, is to thwart a Plan. The next best is to thwart a Negotiation. The next best is to thwart a Strategy. Tzu, The Art of Strategy, op cit., book III, section 9, pp. 44-45: Those who are skilled in executing a Strategy, Bend the strategy of others without conflict; Uproot the fortifications of others without attacking; Absorb the organizations of others without prolonged operations. 393 Marshall, Net Assessment of US and Soviet Force Posture: Summary, Conclusions and Recommendations, op cit., p. 1. 394 Marshall, The Nature and Scope of Net Assessment, op cit., p. 2.
114
upon
the
technical
characteristics
of
individual
weaponry.
Very
little
effort
has
been
put
in
to
understanding
Soviet
military
organizations,
their
operational
practices,
and
the
basic
military
economics
of
the
Soviet
military
establishment.
If
the
President
is
interested
in
establishing
a
good
net
assessment
capabilities
[sic],
a
substantial
Intelligence
effort
will
have
to
be
put
on
a
number
of
areas
that
so
far
have
not
been
studied
in
depth.
What
follow
is
my
best
judgment
as
to
what
the
state
of
the
current
balance
is
and
what
trends
exist.
Hypotheses
about
what
the
situation
is
provide
a
framework
within
which
further
work
could
progress.395
Hypotheses
about
what
the
Soviets
might
be
doing
are
just
as
important
to
the
inference
process
as
the
data
itself.
This
leads,
however,
to
a
biasing
problem.
Repeatedly
in
the
history
of
Intelligence,
especially
in
the
technological
area,
there
has
been
excessive
mirror- imaging.396
Analysis
evaluating
competitive
strengths,
weaknesses,
vulnerabilities
and
opportunities
and
their
change
over
time:
there
are
many
cases
where
the
sorts
of
comparisons
that
we
are
able
to
make
now
probably
do
not
give
the
US
forces
enough
credit.
They
are
higher
cost,
but
have
more
capability
than
the
Soviet
forces.
There
are
numerous
cases
where
the
Soviets
in
the
economical
operational
practices,
their
lower
readiness
levels,
etc.,
give
us
significant
advantage
in
certain
circumstances.
In
most
evaluations,
the
evaluators
are
not
able
to
feel
sure
enough
to
this
kind
of
assessment
because
intelligence
on
crucial
aspects
of
Soviet
forces
is
missing.
Moreover,
the
US
military
services
consistently
have
an
incentive
not
to
give
themselves
credit
for
superior
capabilities
in
implicit
comparisons
made
in
the
course
of
military
planning
exercises
for
operations
or
for
force
posture
budgeting
and
programs.397
Balancing
anticipating
opportunities
for
the
application
of
strength
to
vulnerability
in
juxtaposed
postures
over
time:
Differences
in
US
and
Soviet
force
postures
make
any
simple
blancing
by
specific
weapons
categories
inadequate.
We
need,
but
[do]
not
have,
adequate
means
of
assessing
capabilities
of
ne
force
to
deal
with
another
in
395
Marshall, Net Assessment of US and Soviet Force Posture: Section B. Facts and Trends in the Current Military Forces, op cit., p. 2. 396 Ibid., p. 3. 397 Marshall, Net Assessment of US and Soviet Force Posture: Summary, Conclusions and Recommendations, p. 2.
115
specific contingencies. War gaming and other techniques would have to be used in any more systematic effort to make such evaluations.398 I think, that there is some reason to believe that there is a danger of the US pricing itself out of the military competition with the Soviets. Are the comparative economics of military forces running against us if so in what areas?399 The objective should be to supply the President and the NSC with answers to such questions as: Do we have a problem? If so, how big is it? Is it getting worse or better? What are the underlying causes?400
Triumph identifying and projecting into the future opportunities for the conversion of favorable balances (i.e., imbalances) into political outcomes: What follows is also deficient in not dealing systematically with Hertzfelds point that it would be highly important to try to assess peace outcomes. I think that is absolutely true, and indeed essential. The net assessment that seems must crucial to me is how do the US and Soviet look in terms of their capabilities for the long-term political and military competition they will be waging in the world.401 Some months ago Dean Acheson. talked about the very late 40s when in their view current basic US national strategy became fixed in its essentials. The essence of the strategy was alleged to be the notion that by building up our forces and putting some military pressure on the Soviets, and containing them in the shortrun, that the resource strain would tell on them much before it did ourselves. The Soviets would not have the will and the dedication to persist with their policies. What seems to have happened, at least in Achesons eyes, is that the opposite has taken place. They have persisted, and it is we who now say that we cannot afford to spend the required resources. This highlights the key role an assessment of the comparative economics and of the comparative effectiveness of the weapons acquisition process and operation of practices can play in planning future US strategy and forces.402
398 399
Ibid., p. 1. Marshall, Net Assessment of US and Soviet Force Posture: Section B. Facts and Trends in the Current Military Forces, op cit., pp. 20, 22. 400 Marshall, The Nature and Scope of Net Assessment, op cit., p. 2. 401 Marshall, Net Assessment of US and Soviet Force Posture: Summary, Conclusions and Recommendations, p. 2. 402 Ibid., pp. 22-23.
116
Here was a relatively simple formula for an enormously complex thought process. Sun Tzus parsimony allowed one to see it sequentially while Marshalls commentary took it out of the realm of philosophy and grounded it in contemporary strategic issues. Whether discussing how Net Assessment should be approached thematically, or in comments in the above Sun Tzu cumulative research paradigm above, there was a definite thematic underpinning evidenced in Marshall commentary. Just as Sun Tzu ends his classic work on the importance of knowing what we do not know, Marshall was brutally honest about the quality of data and the level of entropy not knowing what we do not know involved at all levels of the assessment process. Many aspects of the rivalries in which the US is engaged are frequently neglected in decision oriented studies, and have also not had high priority in our intelligence efforts. Thus the identification of gaps in our intelligence data is likely to be an early by-product of the net assessment process.403 Even more, Marshall viewed Net Assessment as a long-term research program, so highlighting weakness is actually a means of potentially improving the process. Moreover, he not only exercised this level of candor with his superiors, but promoted explicit entropy recognition by all who worked for him. Admittedly the Sun Tzu approach was my adaptation and juxtapositioning of Marshalls thinking into a framework around which we could organize inter- agency research.
403
Marshall, The Nature and Scope of Net Assessment, op cit., pp. X-8
117
The existence of a National Net Assessment office and their interests are only documented four times at interagency level via the prime policy action vehicles405 of that day: the National Security Study Memorandum (NSSM) which commissioned cross-departmental research and response; and the National Security Decision Memorandum (NSDM) which recorded NSC formal positions. The authorizing memorandums were: NSSM-178 -- Program for National Net Assessment, (29 March 1973);406 NSDM 224 -- National Net Assessment Process, (28 Jun 1973).407
The first and only action memorandum commissioning the first and only interagency National Net Assessment was debated for over a year408 before being signed out by Henry Kissinger:
404
Henry A. Kissinger, NSSM 186 -- National Net Assessment of Comparative Costs and Capabilities of US - USSR Military Establishments, (1 September 1973). 405 For a helpful survey of the evolution of the Kennedy/Johnson Administrations policy action vehicle to the Nixon/Ford Administrations division of labor between study (calling for relevant inter- agency input) and decision (notifying the inter-agency community that a Presidential decision had been made) memoranda, see: Harold C. Relyea, Presidential Directives: Background and Overview, (98-611 GOV; Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, Library of Congress, revised 7 January 2005), at < http://www.fas.org/irp/crs/98-611.pdf > [accessed 24 July 2005]. 406 Henry A. Kissinger, National Security Study Memorandum: NSSM 178 -- Program for National Net Assessment, (29 March 1973). 407 o Henry A. Kissinger, National Security Decision Memorandum: National Security Decision Memorandum: NSDM 224 -- National Net Assessment Process re NSSM 178, (28 Jun 1973). 408 Alexander Haig to Daniel Murphy, Concerning National Security Study Memorandum on National Net Assessment of the Comparative Efficiency and Effectiveness of the US and Soviet Military Establishments, Memo, 8/17/72, Boxes B1-B3 (Not Yet Reviewed for Opening to Research), op cit.; and
118
NSSM-186 -- National Net Assessment of Comparative Costs and Capabilities of US - USSR Military Establishments, (1 September 1973).409
The
transfer
of
the
office
from
the
National
Security
Council
to
the
Department
of
Defense
was
made
in
memorandum:
NSDM
239
--
National
Net
Assessment
Process,
(27
November
1973).410
These
four
Memoranda
written
over
seven
months
and
representing
in
toto
only
four
pages
not
only
bracket
the
short
happy
life
of
the
NSC
NAG
but
more
importantly
represent
the
rescue
of
the
Blue
Ribbon
Defense
Pane
and
Secretary
Lairds
vision
of
Net
Assessment
at
the
Pentagon.
Combined
with
personal
changes,
they
ended
the
NSC
v.
OSD
feud,
they
filled
the
vacuum
left
in
DoDs
Net
Assessment
Office,
and
brought
the
function
into
the
immediate
proximity
of
the
Secretary.
Apparently
NSSM-178
was
personally
drafted
by
AWM
as
a
remit
for
creating
a
Program
for
National
Net
Assessment.
There
were
several
interesting
features
about
this
short
NSSM.
First
it
was
explicitly
treated
as
a
fulfillment
of
Nixons
1971
Memorandum
on
Organization
and
Management
of
the
US
Foreign
Intelligence
Community.411
Second,
it
noted
the
President
had
directed
the
initiation
of
a
program
for
the
preparation
of
a
series
of
national
net
assessments.
The
words
series
and
national
took
on
special
significance:
the
former
suggested
this
would
be
an
extended
process
not
a
one
time
product;
the
latter
meant
that
it
would
be
interagency
and
not
limited
to
one
department.
As
a
first
step
in
this
process,
the
President
has
directed
that
a
paper
be
prepared
which
would:
--
Define
the
national
net
assessment
process,
and
discuss
the
range
and
types
of
topics
that
would
be
addressed.
--
Discuss
methodology
appropriate
for
use
in
preparing
net
assessments.
--
Establish
reporting
and
coordination
procedures
for
the
program.412
the apparent response: Baroody to the Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs, Concerning Net Assessment at the National Level, Memo, 9/1/72, Ibid. 409 Kissinger, NSSM 186 -- National Net Assessment of Comparative Costs and Capabilities of US - USSR Military Establishments, op cit. 410 Henry A. Kissinger, National Security Decision Memorandum: NSDM 239 -- National Net Assessment Process, (27 November 1973). 411 Henry A. Kissinger, NSSM 178 -- Program for National Net Assessment, op cit., p. 1. 412 Ibid. Note, the NSSM specified a deadline, with the report of the Ad Hoc Group completed by May 15, 1973.
119
NSSM-178
gave
Marshall
the
opportunity
to
write
his
own
NSC
mission
statement
as
well
as
lay
out
a
game
plan
for
how
to
proceed,
not
just
with
the
coordination
but
cooperation
of
an
ad
hoc
group
comprising
representatives.413
The
response
to
NSSM-178
by
the
Ad
Hoc
Group
was
submitted
on
time,414
commented
on
by
the
NSCIC
Principals,415
and
reviewed
by
the
President.416
NSDM
224
implied
that
there
would
be
multiple
National
Net
Assessments.
Likewise,
it
ratified
the
interagency
nature
of
the
process
under
the
direction
of
a
representative
of
the
National
Security
Council
Staff
and
specified
that
requests
for
net
assessments
will
be
issued
as
National
Security
Study
Memoranda.
The
only
national
net
assessment
to
be
formally
undertaken
while
Marshall
was
at
the
NSC
was
National
Security
Study
Memorandum
186.
For
over
a
year
the
NSC
had
discussed
the
need
for
and
content
of
a
National
Security
Study
Memorandum
on
National
Net
Assessment
of
the
Comparative
Efficiency
and
Effectiveness
of
the
US
and
Soviet
Military
Establishments,417
Where
NSSM-178
and
NSDM
224
had
dealt
with
process,
NSSM-186
was
the
vehicle
of
substance.
Finally,
on
1
September
1973,
Henry
Kissinger
signed
out
NSSM-186
calling
for
a
National
Net
Assessment
of
the
Comparative
Costs
and
Capabilities
of
US
and
Soviet
Military
Establishments.
The
President
has
directed
the
preparation
of
a
series
of
national
net
assessments
under
the
guidelines
approved
in
NSDM
242.
The
first
national
net
assessment
will
evaluate
the
comparative
costs
to
the
US
and
the
USSR
to
produce,
maintain,
and
operate
comparable
military
forces.
It
will
assess
the
status
of
the
competition
between
the
US
and
USSR
in
maintaining
such
forces,
trends
in
the
competition,
significant
areas
of
comparative
advantage
or
disadvantage
to
the
US
and
the
nature
of
opportunities
and
problems
implied.
413
Ibid. Consisting of representatives from State, Defense and CIA, chaired by the Director, Net Assessment Group, of the National Security Council staff. 414 The actual report has not been found, the following statements, were all referenced in the subsequent document: Kissinger, National Security Decision Memorandum: NSDM 224 -- National Net Assessment Process re NSSM 178, op cit. p. 1. 415 National Security Council Intelligence Committee. 416 This was a lot of action for a period of less than six weeks between 15 May and 28 June. Kissinger, National Security Decision Memorandum: NSDM 224 -- National Net Assessment Process re NSSM 178, op cit. p. 1. 417 For example the Haig memo Concerning National Security Study Memorandum on National Net Assessment of the Comparative Efficiency and Effectiveness of the US and Soviet Military Establishments, went back to 17 August 1972.
120
The President has directed that the analyses and comparisons required by this net assessment be prepared by the Department of Defense, in consultation with the Net Assessment Group/NSC, and with the assistance of the Department of State and the Director of Central Intelligence. The complete assessment will cover all aspects of US and Soviet military forces, and will take place over a long period of time. The initial part of the net assessment will focus specifically on the ground forces on each side. Comparisons of interests will include the costs and performance of comparable military units. The analysis should highlight the major determining factors in costs and performance on each side, and any evident trends. A first report on the net assessment of US and Soviet ground forces should be forwarded to the Chairman, NSCIC, by 1 November 1973.418
As
originally
mandated
in
NSDM
224,419
NSSM-186
reiterated
that
the
various
National
Net
Assessments
would
be
managed
by
the
head
of
the
NAG
with
final
acceptance
contingent
upon
review
of
the
NSCIC.
There
were
several
interesting
aspects
about
NSSM-186
from
the
outset.
First,
as
it
had
become
increasingly
evident
with
NSDM
224
and
NSSM-186
that
the
focus
of
the
initial
National
Net
Assessments
would
involve
comparisons
of
military
establishments,
it
was
natural
that
the
primary
lead
should
be
taken
by
the
Pentagon.
But
it
was
somewhat
surprising
that
while
the
Chairman
of
the
Joint
Chiefs
of
Staff
had
been
copied
on
the
tasking,420
the
JCS
were
neither
directly
invited
to
participate
in
the
production
nor
comment
on
the
process.421
Second,
there
had
been
a
subtle
shift
in
the
title
from
Comparative
Efficiency
and
Effectiveness
to
Comparative
Costs
and
Capabilities.
The
former
were
very
subjective
terms:
efficiency
relative
to
requirement
and
resources;
effectiveness
relative
to
mission
and
opposition.
The
latter
were
ostensibly
fixed
in
terms
of
objective
scale.
418
Kissinger, NSSM 186 -- National Net Assessment of Comparative Costs and Capabilities of US - USSR Military Establishments, op cit. 419 Kissinger, National Security Decision Memorandum: NSDM 224 -- National Net Assessment Process re NSSM 178, op cit. p. 1. 420 This was the case with National Security Decision Memorandum: NSDM 224 and NSSM 186, where the Chairman, JCS has been cc, but not with the original NSSM 178. 421 This was surprising in that just the year before, JCS Chairman had initiated a formal assessment presentation to much fan fare. See: Adm. Thomas H. Moorer, United States Military Posture for FY 1972, (Washington, DC: Joint Chiefs of Staff, 9 March 1971); Adm. Thomas H. Moorer, United States Military Posture for FY 1973, (Washington, DC: Joint Chiefs of Staff, 8 February 1972); and Adm. Thomas H. Moorer, United States Military Posture for FY 1974, (Washington, DC: Joint Chiefs of Staff, 28 March 1973).
121
A third feature was also out of the norm. As had already been implied in
NSDM
224,
NSSM-186
now
made
it
explicit
that
this
comprehensive
assessment
would
involve
multiple
successive
efforts
and
take
place
over
a
long
period
of
time.
As
such,
it
had
an
implied
variance
with
the
typical
NSC
standard
operating
procedure
for
NSSMs
which
had
focused
on
producing
a
timely
and
tightly
argued
response
a
tasking
with
a
definite
built
in
sunset
clause.
But
under
NSSM-186,
these
National
Net
Assessments
would
be
incremental,
iterative
and
potentially
infinite422
taking
successive
bites
of
the
apple
as
opposed
to
trying
to
swallow
it
whole
in
one
culminating
gazumpt
final
report
and
closure
of
the
Study,
as
was
typical
with
NSSMs.
A
last
unique
feature
at
the
very
start
of
NSSM-186
was
the
abrupt
change
in
the
reporting
channel
in
the
middle
of
the
effort.
Per
NSDM
224
and
NSSM-186,
the
NSC
Net
Assessment
Group
would
be
responsible
for
both
producing
the
requirements
and
tasking
for
the
National
Net
Assessments
as
well
as
monitoring
their
progress
and
evaluating
their
final
product.
In
the
White
House
the
Net
Assessment
Group
was
a
casualty
of
several
factors:
the
overwhelming
demands
on
top-level
decision
makers
to
focus
on
near-term
foreign
policy
issues;
the
realization
that
the
Department
of
Defense
had
the
depth
of
resources
needed
to
support
a
long-term
net
effort;
and
a
fuller
recognition
of
how
difficult
it
was
and
how
long
it
would
take
to
develop
a
net
assessment
effort
in
the
executive
branch.423
The
credibility
of
James
Schlesinger
as
one
of
the
most
prepared
Secretaries
of
Defense,
his
personal
role
in
defining
the
need
for
Net
Assessment
two
years
earlier424
and
strong
personal
relationship
with
Marshall425
all
combined
to
make
this
a
smooth
transition.
Within
six
weeks
of
the
start
of
NSSM-186,
Marshall
moved
from
the
NSC
and
By
the
time
Schlesinger
had
succeeded
Eliot
Richardson
as
defense
secretary
in
July
1973
and
appointed
Marshall
to
be
his
Director
of
Net
Assessment
on
422
Up to that point, NSSMs had the general characteristics of being intended to cover the assigned topic comprehensively (rather than incrementally); were a one shot activity (rather than iterative); and had a definitive end date (rather than being temporally infinite). 423 Pickett, Roche, and Watts, Net Assessment: A Historical Review, op cit., p. 167. 424 Schlesinger, A Review of the Intelligence Community, op cit.. 425 A close working relationship that went back more than a decade when Schlesinger had been assigned to Marshalls department when he had originally joined RAND and then also became a social relationship in the 1960s. James R. Schlesinger, Comments,
122
October 13th, a further concern had arisen that undermined definitional clarity. Marshalls brief from Schlesinger was to establish a viable net assessment function in the Department of Defense (DoD). But aside from Melvin R. Lairds December 1971 directive establishing the position in the Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD), little progress had been made on clarifying the nature of net assessment or what it might produce, especially within the Pentagon. In fact, neither Laird nor Richardson had appointed anyone to fill the new position.426
Scarcely had Marshall arrived at the Pentagon, and within another six weeks, Kissinger signed out NSDM 239 on the National Net Assessment Process which recorded that the President had directed that the responsibility for the national net assessment program be assigned to the Secretary of Defense.427 This was not just the transfer of an individual but the entire Net Assessment Group428 to a three-room office on the A-ring. Importantly, the intent of the mission that Marshall had written for himself in NSSM-178 and secured with NSDM 224 was neither given over to someone else in the NSC to pick up that portfolio nor was the mandate materially changed with his move to the Pentagon.429 Marshall was now responsible for conducting the Net Assessment he himself had commissioned but he would not be reporting to himself to grade his own work. The structure that had been established but unfilled gave James Schlesinger the opportunity to not only set up the office but create and reinforce the precedent of the Director of Net Assessment reporting directly to the Secretary of Defense. With its arrival, Net Assessment initiated a new era in Pentagon thinking, one that would make a significant difference over the next thirty-five years. But thats another story.
426 427
Watts, Scientific Methods and New Assessment, op cit, p. 5. With NSDM 139, the previous National Security Decision Memorandum: NSDM 224 and NSSM 186 were rescinded but the study required by NSSM 186 the National Net Assessment of the Comparative Costs and Capabilities of US and Soviet Military Establishments which was still ongoing should be completed under the supervision of the Secretary of Defense and it, along with all future completed net assessment studies should be forwarded to the Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs. Kissinger, National Security Decision Memorandum: NSDM 239 -- National Net Assessment Process, op cit., p. 1. 428 Which consisted of two military assistants that had been assigned to the NSC: Captain Chip Picket and Lt. Commander Robin Pirie; and even transferred the NSC secretaries: Joan Hunerwadel and Irene Parkhurst. 429 For example, NSSM 186, the first interagency tasking under the original organization mantel, had been let before the move occurred its tasking was not modified in any way other than the transfer of reporting authority.
123
J.
Lessons
Learned
Today,
there
is
no
rational
system
whereby
the
Executive
Branch
and
the
Congress
reach
coherent
and
enduring
agreement
on
national
military
strategy,
the
forces
to
carry
it
out,
and
the
funding
that
should
be
provided-in
light
of
the
overall
economy
and
competing
claims
on
national
resources.
Better
long-range
planning
must
be
based
on
military
advice
of
an
order
not
now
always
available
-
fiscally
constrained,
forward
looking,
and
fully
integrated.
This
advice
must
incorporate
the
best
possible
assessment
of
our
overall
military
posture
vis-a-vis
potential
opponents,
and
must
candidly
evaluate
the
performance
and
readiness
of
the
individual
Services
and
the
Unified
and
Specified
Commands.430
The strongest supporters of an independent and high level Net Assessment function seem to fall into two groups former Secretaries of Defense and former staffers in OSD/NA. Unfortunately, the former have said little publicly about the utility and importance of having this kind of confidential strategic advice; and the over-selling of the latter have made it sound more like a cult than a critical national security function. However, when we review the early origins of Net Assessment the years of path breaking work by the Net Evaluation Subcommittee, the proposals of the Blue Ribbon Defense as well as Secretary Laird, the methodological and organizational development by Andrew Marshall both the problem and the solution are much clearer. So, when contemplating the future of the enterprise, the evidence and arguments assembled for this paper suggest five lessons should be drawn from the early origins of the Net Assessment concept.
LESSON
1:
For
over
a
century,
there
has
been
a
growing
recognition
by
those
who
have
made
the
effort
to
think
about
how
American
military
strategy
is
developed,
that
an
indispensible
ingredient
is
the
availability
of
some
type
of
comparative
diagnostic
trend
analysis
of
US
and
rival
forces
placed
in
the
context
of
operational
battlespace.
Whether
one
calls
this
an
assessment
or
evaluation;
430
David Packard, Interim Report: Presidents Blue Ribbon Commission on Defense Management, (with cover letter; Washington, DC: Presidents Blue Ribbon Commission on Defense Management, 28 February 1986), p. 9. Bold emphasis upon assessment in the original.
124
whether the term net is used are not is unimportant. What is critical however, is that the effort include five primal characteristics: Comparative deconstruction of the combatant, supporting and force generating assets; Examined as they have temporally developed over time with future vectors not plotted any further in the out years than historical data traces back; Operational analysis in a real theater of potential conflict against a real, not hypothetical opponent; Contrasting not merely like versus like, but juxtaposing strength to weakness, offense to defense, and opportunities to vulnerabilities; Ultimately viewed, not in terms of trying to predict which side will win a specific engagement, but rather projecting the factors that will make one side prevail over the long-run.
A special caveat must also be registered, in the second nuclear age where nuclear assets and powers are increasingly distributed throughout potential conflict regions, the assessments cannot ignore the interrelationship between conventional and nuclear war. LESSON 2: There is a coherent and reasonably clear methodological approach that can be applied in the conduct of Net Assessments. It is not mystical, it is not arcane; it evolved over a several year period in the early 1970s, and taken as a whole, it can be teased from the writings of Andrew Marshall in that period. Although never formally stated as such, that method can be summarized in five sequential steps: Measurements collecting empirical data in a comparable format; Estimates discovering, describing and distinguishing those elements that are unmeasurable but important; Analysis evaluating competitive strengths, weaknesses, vulnerabilities and opportunities; Balancing anticipating opportunities for the application of strength to vulnerability in juxtaposed postures; Triumph identifying and projecting into the future opportunities for the conversion of favorable balances (i.e. imbalances) into political outcomes.
125
The
successful
implementation
of
these
steps
can
be
as
complex
in
application
as
they
are
simple
in
articulation
but
this
method
is
as
relevant
to
todays
emerging
challenges
of
strategic
rivalry
as
it
was
2,500
years
ago
when
so
elegantly
laid
out
by
Sun
Tzu.
The
success
of
this
approach
has
been
demonstrated
in
the
productive
application
of
that
methodology
over
the
last
thirty-five
years
by
the
Net
Assessment
staff.
Its
value
is
not
diminished
by
the
fact
that
many
of
the
those
who
successfully
applied
it,
did
so
as
a
product
of
sub-conscious
enculturation
and
the
guiding
hand
of
their
mentor
in
trailblazing
new
intellectual
territory
rather
than
using
a
cookie
cutter
formula
or
realizing
that
the
approach
had
high
strategic
pedigree.
LESSON
3:
The
Blue
Ribbon
Defense
Panel
had
it
right,
the
office
of
Net
Assessment
has
to
be
independent
and
report
directly
to
the
Secretary
of
Defense.
Thus,
going
back
to
the
need
for
Net
Assessment
and
the
cogent
organizational
arguments
for
its
structure
as
an
independent
advisory
office
reporting
directly
to
the
SecDef:
The
Office
of
the
Secretary
of
Defense
and
the
armed
services
of
the
United
States
have
many
agencies
that
measure
current
military
performance
against
current
military
goals.
That
is
not
the
purpose
of
net
assessments.
Each
net
assessment
concludes,
not
with
a
statement
about
whether
we
would
win
or
lose
a
war
today
or
with
recommendations
for
new
programs,
but
with
a
discussion
of
the
issues
and
problems
about
which
the
Secretary
of
Defense
may
wish
to
think,
because
they
affect
the
future
of
American
national
security.
Net
Assessment
is
a
tool
for
the
Secretary
of
Defense
that
may
better
enable
him
to
do
strategic
planning
for
the
American
military,
if
that
is
desired.431
Not
every
Secretary
may
want
or
value
having
Net
Assessment
as
a
direct
report,
but
then
that
is
a
pretty
good
indication
that
they
are
not
planning
on
taking
their
role
as
chief
strategist
seriously.
LESSON
4:
The
recommendations
of
Blue
Ribbon
Defense
Panel
member
Robert
C.
Jackson
need
to
be
reconsidered
specifically
that
long-range
planning,
net
assessment
and
strategy
development
should
be
combined
into
an
Assistant
Secretary
of
Defense
level
position.
The
reason
for
this
has
more
to
do
with
the
effectiveness
of
OSD
than
it
does
Net
Assessment.
An
independent
and
intellectually
431
Rosen, Net Assessment as an Analytical Concept, in On Not Confusion Ourselves, op cit., p. 300.
126
driven Net Assessment office, with sufficient research resources and reporting directly to the Secretary of Defense can do its own thing. But, as the BRDP suggested, there is a need, at the Secretary level for a group also to be conducting Long-Range Planning, Likewise, as Secretary Laird and later Cap Weinberger found out, there is great value in having Strategy Development also working in close proximity to the Secretary. These are three different functions. Net Assessment is diagnostic; Long-Range Planning is prognostic; and Strategy Development is prescriptive. Nonetheless, they all share some common attributes, need to work closely together, and could efficiently utilize some of the same resources. Thus, as Jackson originally recommended, creating a combined office under an Assistant Secretary addressing these functions could be a very powerful and effective combination. LESSON 5: When the collective consciousness of the national security cognoscenti recognizes the rise of a potential challenging power, one that can be a serious rival in an important region and has the potential to build strike forces that threaten Allies, forward-based US forces, and ultimately the American homeland there is real value in the creation of an interdepartmental (cross-service if not cross- agency) ad hoc study team to conduct an analysis of the implications arising from that potential rival. The point here is that this is NOT merely an intelligence issue and thus solved by focusing more assets on the challenger. Inevitably, this is a balance issue, that will require the examination of US and Allied capabilities it therefore has to be netted. Undoubtedly, if done right, this ad hoc team will trip over conventional wisdom or rattle the comfort level of strategic crockery they are not doing there job if they dont, and the sponsor needs to appreciate and protect that function.
127